Sunteți pe pagina 1din 623

IBMI Infoprint 21 IBM

Service Guide

Start
Note:
Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to read the general information
under Notices (see “Notices and Safety Information” on page 19).

First Edition (April 2000)


This edition applies to G544-5702-00.
Requests for IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the IBM branch office serving your locality. If you
request publications from the address given below, your order will be delayed because publications are not stocked there. Many of
the IBM Printing Systems Company publications are available from the web page listed below.

Internet
Visit our home page at: http://www.ibm.com/printers

A Reader’s Comment Form is provided at the back of this publication. You may also send comments by fax to 1-800-524-1519, by
e-mail to printpub@us.ibm.com, or by regular mail to:

IBM Printing Systems


Department H7FE Building 003G
Information Development
PO Box 1900
Boulder CO USA 80301-9191
IBM may use or distribute whatever information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2000. All rights reserved.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Master Table of Contents
Notices and Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safety Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Danger Hazard Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Caution Hazard Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Attention Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Approved Power Cord and Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Connecting or Disconnecting a Communication Port, a Teleport, or an Attachment Connector . . . . . . . . . 24
Disposal of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Extension Cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fire Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Laser Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ozone Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Servicing During an Electrical Storm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Toner Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Safety Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Printer Safety Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power-Receptacle Safety-Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
About This Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Related Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
MAP 003: End of Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 3


End of Diagnosing Problems and the Problem Remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
MAP 010: Start MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Defining the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Solving the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Operator Panel Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Error Message with Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Print Quality Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Electrical Noise / Intermittent Operation (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Excess Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Offset Not Recognized (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Duplex Not Recognized (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Envelope Not Recognized (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tray 2 Not Recognized (Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Tray 3 Not Recognized (Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
MAP 002: Install New Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
MAP 006: Reseat Toner Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
MAP 008: Install New Fuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
MAP 011: Tray x Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MAP 012: (Aux/Env) Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MAP 015: Tray x Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
MAP 016: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
MAP 017: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
MAP 031: Unload Paper From Main Output Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
MAP 035: Unload Paper From Offset Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
MAP 041: Install Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
MAP 042: Install Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
MAP 043: Install Tray 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
MAP 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Master Table of Contents 4


MAP 074: Close Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
MAP 075: Close Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
MAP 200: Wrong Paper Size - Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
MAP 201: Wrong Paper Size - Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
MAP 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
MAP 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
MAP 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
MAP 232: Paper Jam - Exit On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
MAP 250: Paper Jam - Duplex Early Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
MAP 253: Paper Jam - Late Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
MAP 254: Paper Jam - Duplex On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
MAP 255: Paper Jam - Duplex Late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
MAP 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
MAP 262: Paper Jam - Offset On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
MAP 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
MAP 275: Paper Jam - Early Exit Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
MAP 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
MAP 430: Motor Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
MAP 451: Fan Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MAP 454: Fuser Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
MAP 460: Offset Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
MAP 511: Laser Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
MAP 623: Data Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
MAP 630: NVM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
MAP 631: NVRAM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
MAP 650: Service Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
MAP 651: Boot Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
MAP 652: Memory Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
MAP 653: File Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
MAP 654: HW Error (MCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
MAP 661: Firmware Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Master Table of Contents 5


MAP 671: Disk Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
MAP 699: HW Error (Offset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
MAP 714: Duplex Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
MAP 772: ENV Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
MAP 795: Offset Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
MAP 821: PS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
MAP 831: Controller Loop Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
MAP 851: IPDS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
MAP 852: IPDS Add Mem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
MAP 853: IPDS Low Mem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
MAP 854: IPDS Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
MAP 860: No CX Host Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
MAP 861: No TX Host Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
MAP 862: CX Key Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
MAP 872: Network Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
MAP 900: Background or Dark Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
MAP 905: All Black Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
MAP 910: All Blank Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
MAP 920: Damaged Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
MAP 930: Not Fused or Partially Fused Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
MAP 935: Light Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
MAP 940: Image Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
MAP 941: Repeating Spots or Voids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
MAP 945: Residual or Ghost Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
MAP 950: Skewed Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
MAP 955: Spots on Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
MAP 965: Horizontal Streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
MAP 970: Vertical Streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
MAP 975: Voids on Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
MAP 980: Horizontal Voids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
MAP 985: Vertical Band Voids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Master Table of Contents 6


Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Printer Power-On Sequence Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Accessing Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Service Mode Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Printing the Service Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Printing the Service Page from the CE Laptop PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Printing the Service Page from the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297


Master Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Pin-Out Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Pin-Out Diagram A: LVPS PCB to MCU PCB and Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Pin-Out Diagram B: LVPS PCB to +5 V DC PCB to Controller PCB and to Fan Asm and Front Cover
Interlock Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Pin-Out Diagram C: MCU PCB to HVPS PCB to Drum, BTR Asm, and Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Pin-Out Diagram D: MCU PCB to Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Pin-Out Diagram E: MCU PCB to Full Stack Photo Sensor and Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . 303
Pin-Out Diagram F: MCU PCB to Paper Size PCB to Feed PCB to Paper Low Photo Sensor and Lift
Control Photo Sensor, Pick Clutch, Feed Clutch, and Tray Lift Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Pin-Out Diagram G: MCU PCB to Toner Cartridge Key Sensor, Exit Motor, and Main Motor . . . . . . . . . 305
Pin-Out Diagram H: MCU PCB to Interface PCB to Aux No-Paper Sensor, Aux Pick-up Solenoid,
Registration Sensor, Registration Clutch, Toner Sensor, and Envelope PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Pin-Out Diagram J: MCU PCB to Laser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Chapter 4. Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Master Table of Contents 7


Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Sensors and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Text and Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Removal and Replacement Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
550-Sheet Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
5v DC PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Aux No Paper Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Aux No Paper Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Aux Pick Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Aux Pick Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Aux Pick Up Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Aux Pick Up Gear Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Aux Pick Up Pad Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Aux Pick Up Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Aux Retard Pad Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Aux Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Aux Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Aux Tray Bottom Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Bearing and Exit Roll 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Bias Transfer Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
BTR Support Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Controller Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Duplex Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Duplex Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Duplex Connector Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Master Table of Contents 8


Duplex Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Duplex Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Duplex Motor Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Duplex Paper Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Duplex PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Duplex Roll Retaining Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Duplex Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Duplex Upper Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
ENV Arm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
ENV Bottom Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
ENV Clutch (Electric). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
ENV Connector - Female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
ENV Exit Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
ENV Gear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
ENV Large Pinch Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
ENV No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
ENV No Paper Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
ENV Retard Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
ENV Roll Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
ENV Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
ENV Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
ENV Tray Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
ENV Tray Pinch Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Exit Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Exit Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Exit Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Exit Roll 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Exit Roll 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Exit Static Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Face-Up Chute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Master Table of Contents 9


Fan Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Feed Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Feed Tray Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Front Cover Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Front Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Front Duplex Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Front Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Fuser Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Gear Drive Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Harness (J34-P341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Harness (J35 - J351) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Harness (J51 - J511). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Left Handle Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Left Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Lift Control Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
LVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Main Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Main Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
MCU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Metal Registration Roll Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Middle Duplex Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Master Table of Contents 10


Offset Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Offset Direction Solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Offset Direction Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Offset Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Offset Exit Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Offset Exit Bin Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Offset Exit Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Offset Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Offset Inner Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Offset Inner Chute Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Offset Lower Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Offset Mechanism Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Offset Paper Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Offset PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Offset Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Offset Tray Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Option Chute Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Option Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Option Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Option Feed Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Option Gear Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Option Harness (J52-J521) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Option Harness (J53-531) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Option Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Option Lift Control Photo Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Option No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Option Paper Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Option Paper Low Photo Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Option Paper Size Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Master Table of Contents 11


Option Paper Size PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Option Paper Size Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Option Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Option Pick Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Option Pick Roll Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Option Right Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Option Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Option Top Front Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Paper Handling Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Paper Low Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Paper Size Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Paper Size Housing Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Paper Sizing PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
PCB Cover Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Pick Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Pick Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Rear Cover Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Rear Cover Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Rear Duplex Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Registration Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Registration Actuator Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Registration Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Right Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
ROS Asm (Laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Rubber Registration Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Rubber Registration Roll Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489

Master Table of Contents 12


Toner Cartridge Key Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Toner Cartridge Top Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Toner Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Tray Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Tray Lift Motor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Tray Retard Clutch - Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Tray Retard Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Tray Retard Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504


Using the Parts Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Approved Cleaners and Lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Printer Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Assembly 1: Covers 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Assembly 2: Covers 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Assembly 3: Covers 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Assembly 4: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Assembly 5: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Assembly 6: Paper Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Assembly 8: P/H Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Assembly 10: Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Assembly 13: Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Assembly 16: Envelope Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556

Master Table of Contents 13


Assembly 17: Envelope Feeder 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Assembly 18: Duplex 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Assembly 19: Duplex 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Assembly 20: Offset Output Bin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Assembly 21: Offset Output Bin 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Parts Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
550-Sheet Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
5 V DC PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Actuator And Support Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Aux Drive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Aux Drive Gear Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Aux Pick Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Aux Pick Up Pad Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Aux Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Aux Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Aux Tray Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Bearing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Bias Transfer Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
BTR Support Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Coax NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Controller Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Duplex Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Env Connector - Female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Env No-Paper Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Env Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Ethernet NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Exit Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Exit Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

Master Table of Contents 14


Exit Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Exit Roll 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Exit Roll 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Exit Roll 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Exit Static Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Fan Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Feed Chute Pinch Roll Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Feed Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Feed Roll Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Font Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Front Cover Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Front Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Front Cover Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Front Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fuser Asm 120 v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fuser Asm 230 v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fuser Stop Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Gear Drive Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Harness (AC - J285) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Harness (J1 - J101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Harness (J21 - J211, J212, J213) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Harness (J22 - J223) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Harness (J23 - J231) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Harness (J25 - J251) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Harness (J26 - J261) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

Master Table of Contents 15


Harness (J28 - J281) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Harness (J31 - J311). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Harness (J33 - J331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Harness (J34 - J341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Harness (J34 - P341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Harness (J35 - J351) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Harness (J4 - Operator Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Harness (J42 - J421) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Harness (J45 - J451) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Harness (J51 - J511). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Harness (J66 - J661, J662) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
IBM AFP/IPDS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Left Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
LVPS 120V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
LVPS 230V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Main Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Main Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
MCU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Memory DIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Offset Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Offset Direction Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Offset Exit Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Offset Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Offset Paper Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

Master Table of Contents 16


Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Option Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Option Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Option Pick Roll Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Option Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Option Paper Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Option Paper Size PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Option Paper Size Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Option Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Option Pick Roll Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Option Right Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Option Top Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Paper Handling Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Paper Low Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Paper Size PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Paper Size Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Pick Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Rear Cover Asm (Without Face-Up Bin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Rear Cover Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Registration Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Registration Actuator Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Registration Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Right Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
ROS Asm (Laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Token Ring NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612

Master Table of Contents 17


Toner Cartridge Key Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Toner Cartridge Top Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Toner Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Tray Lift Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Tray Retard Clutch - Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Tray Retard Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Twinax NIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

Chapter 7. Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615


Periodically Replaced Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Appendix A. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Appendix B. Drivers, Technical Support, and Warranty Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Driver Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Warranty Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Warranty Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Dealer Warranty Claim Center (DWCC), U.S.A. only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Maintenance (Service) Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Appendix C. Parts Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620

Master Table of Contents 18


Notices and Safety Information
Safety Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Danger Hazard Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Caution Hazard Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Other Caution Symbols Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Attention Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Approved Power Cord and Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Connecting or Disconnecting a Communication Port, a Teleport, or an Attachment Connector . . . . . . . . . 24
Disposal of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Using the ESD Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Extension Cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fire Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Laser Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ozone Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Servicing During an Electrical Storm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Toner Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Safety Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Reference Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Printer Safety Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Safety Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Power-Receptacle Safety-Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 19


References in this publication to IBM products, programs or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any reference to an IBM licensed product, program, or service is
not intended to state or imply that only IBM’s product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally
equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any of IBM’s intellectual property rights may be used
instead of the IBM product. Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products, except
those expressly designated by IBM, is the user’s responsibility.
Any performance data contained in this document was obtained in a controlled environment based on the use of
specific data. The results that may be obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Users of
this document should verify the applicable data in their specific environment. Therefore, such data does not
constitute a performance guarantee or warranty.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of
this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the
IBM Corporation, IBM Director of Licensing, 208 Harbor Drive, Stamford, Connecticut, United States, 06904.

Notices and Safety Information 20


Safety Notices
There are two types of safety notices: Danger and Caution.

Danger Hazard Level


The word Danger indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing death or serious personal
injury.
DANGER notices are numbered <1-1>, <1-2>, and so forth where they appear in the text of this manual. Use the
notice number to locate the national language translation of that notice in the IBM Infoprint 20/21/32/40: Warranty,
Communication Statements, and Safety Information.
Example of a Danger notice:

Notices and Safety Information 21


Caution Hazard Level
The word Caution indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing moderate or minor
personal injury.
CAUTION notices are numbered <2-1>, <2-2>, and so forth where they appear in the text of this manual. Use the
notice number to locate the national language translation of that notice in the IBM Infoprint 20/21/32/40: Warranty,
Communication Statements, and Safety Information.
Example of a Caution notice:

hcsf0223
CAUTION:
<2-23> Pinch hazards exist in this area.

Other Caution Symbols Used


Other Caution symbols used in this manual include the following:

Laser Safety High Temperature Heavy Weight

Notices and Safety Information 22


Attention Notices
The word Attention calls attention to the possibility of damage to a program, device, system, or data.
Attention notices are not numbered, or translated in the IBM Infoprint 20/21/32/40: Warranty, Communication
Statements, and Safety Information.
Example of an Attention notice:

Attention: This is an ESD sensitive device (see “Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Procedures” on page 26).

Notices and Safety Information 23


Safety Precautions
Approved Power Cord and Receptacle

Connecting or Disconnecting a Communication Port, a Teleport, or an


Attachment Connector

Notices and Safety Information 24


Disposal of Materials

Electrical Safety
This printer is inspected and listed by recognized national testing laboratories, such as Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. (UL) in the U.S.A. and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) in Canada. Listing of a product by a national
testing laboratory indicates that the product is designed and manufactured in accordance with national
requirements intended to minimize safety hazards. IBM equipment meets a very high standard of safety in design
and manufacture. Remember, however, that this product operates under conditions of high electrical potentials
and heat generation, both of which are functionally necessary.

Notices and Safety Information 25


Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Procedures
Read the following electrostatic discharge (ESD) information because, if discharged into the circuitry of an
integrated circuit, static electricity can damage the circuit.
The following Attention notice in the text of this book warns of possible damage caused by ESD.
Attention:
This is an ESD sensitive area.

Follow these guidelines to prevent damage to ESD-sensitive components:


v Make the fewest possible movements to minimize static electricity. Static electricity is more likely in a low
humidity environment.
v Keep an ESD-sensitive part in its original shipping container, usually a protective bag, until you are ready to
install it.
v Touch the metal frame of the printer or assembly to discharge static electricity in your body just before touching
the ESD-sensitive part.
v Hold the ESD-sensitive part by its edges. Do not touch any components, pins, or connectors. If possible, keep
one hand on the frame while you are installing or removing an ESD-sensitive part.
v Do not place an ESD-sensitive part on anything that can provide a discharge path from your body through the
ESD-sensitive part. If you need to put down the ESD-sensitive part, put it into the ESD protective wrapper in
which it was shipped.
v Cables may connect to logic cards or boards that are ESD-sensitive. Be careful when working with connectors.
v Prevent ESD-sensitive parts from being touched by other persons.
Continue to “Using the ESD Kit” on page 27.

Notices and Safety Information 26


Using the ESD Kit
To safely discharge all static electricity, use the ESD kit following the guidelines under “Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) Procedures” on page 26.
v Turn off the printer before you put on the ESD wrist band.
v Connect the wrist band to an unpainted, frame-ground point of the printer.
v Remove the ESD wrist band when working on any part of the printer that has power turned on.
v Do not put the ESD mat near any electrical circuit that has power turned on. The internal resistance (1
megohm) in the ESD cable limits the current if it touches a high voltage.
v Do not put the ESD mat near a grounded surface. Ground the ESD mat only through the ESD cable. The ESD
cable supplies a high resistance to ground for your safety. If the ESD mat touches a grounded surface, the high
resistance in the ESD cable is bypassed, which causes the ESD mat not to work as expected.

Extension Cords

Fire Safety
Because the paper and toner used in the printer can burn, you should take normal precautions to prevent fire.
These precautions include common sense measures, such as keeping potentially combustible materials (for
example, curtains and chemicals) away from the printer, providing adequate ventilation and cooling, limiting
unattended operation, and having trained personnel available and assigned to the printer.

Notices and Safety Information 27


Laser Safety
CAUTION:
<2-21> Do not disassemble or attempt to adjust the laser unit. Do not attempt to operate the laser outside of the
printer.

This printer complies with the performance standards set the by U.S. Food and Drug Administration for a Class 1
Laser Product. This means that the printer belongs to a class of laser products that does not produce hazardous
laser radiation in a customer access area. This classification was accomplished by providing the necessary
protective housing and scanning safeguard to ensure that laser radiation is inaccessible or within Class 1 limits.
There are various tool-operated machine covers that should be moved, removed or replaced only by trained
service personnel. There are no operator controls or adjustments associated with the laser.
No operator maintenance is required to keep the product in compliance as a Class 1 Laser Product.
No adjustments that affect laser operation or power are accessible to the operator.

Ozone Safety
An infinitesimal amount of ozone gas (O₃) is generated during corona discharge from the transfer charge roller.
The ozone gas is emitted only when the printer is operating. This printer meets the ozone emission reference
value set by Underwriters Laboratory (UL) at the time it is shipped from the factory.

Notices and Safety Information 28


Servicing During an Electrical Storm

Toner Safety

hcsf0238
CAUTION:
<2-38> To vacuum toner, use only a vacuum cleaner that IBM has
approved for use with toner.

Toner is a non-poisonous substance composed of minute, plastic components. If toner adheres to your skin or to
your clothes, remove as much as possible with a dry tissue, then wash with cold water. If you use hot water, the
toner will gel and become difficult to remove. Avoid letting toner come into contact with vinyl. The plasticizers in
vinyl can also plasticize some toners.

Notices and Safety Information 29


Safety Inspection
See “Danger Hazard Level” on page 21 and “Caution Hazard Level” on page 22 for an explanation of Danger and
Caution notices.

Instructions
Perform this safety inspection before performing any of the following tasks:
v Accept a machine for service agreement
v Provide per-call service
v Relocate a machine
v Review changes or attachments on any IBM machine that is leased, on service agreement, or on per-call
service

Ensure that you correct unsafe conditions before you continue.


Possible safety hazards are:
v Electrical—An electrically charged frame, or exposed wires or connections, can cause serious electrical shock.
v Mechanical—A missing safety cover or shield is hazardous. Moving parts, such as gears, shaft, and pulleys
are hazardous.
v Chemical—Use only approved cleaning agents. Do not use other solvents or chemicals.
Reference Items
You will need the following items:
v A copy of the machine EC history
v Electrical Safety for IBM Customer Engineers, S229-8124

Notices and Safety Information 30


Printer Safety Inspection

1. Perform the “Power-Receptacle Safety-Check” on page 34.


2. Ensure that the correct power cord is used.
3. Ensure that all attaching cables are disconnected from the printer.
4. Inspect the power cord for wear or damage.
5. Ensure that the machine is steady.
6. Remove all covers and access panels (see Covers under ″Removals and Replacements″).
7. Inspect the covers and access panels for damage.
8. Ensure that all warning labels are in place.
9. If you are placing this printer on service contract with IBM, check for changes not made by IBM. If you find
changes not made by IBM, get the R009 Non-IBM Alterations/Attachments Survey form from the IBM branch
office. Complete the form and return it to the branch office.
10. Ensure that all ground connectors are correctly connected (see “Safety Ground” on page 33).
11. Measure the resistance from the ground pin of the printer power cord connector to the printer frame. The
reading must not exceed 0.1 ohms.
12. Perform a visual inspection of all cables, connections, and plugs for worn or damaged wiring.

Notices and Safety Information 31


13. Check for signs of contamination, corrosion, smoke, or burning. If there are signs of smoke or burning, check
the Maintenance Agreement Qualification (MAQ) form for the correct repair procedure, if needed.
14. Install all covers and access panels that were removed.

Notices and Safety Information 32


Safety Ground

HAK308
Figure 1. Safety Ground

Notices and Safety Information 33


Power-Receptacle Safety-Check
See Electrical Safety for IBM Customer Engineers, S229-8124, for the correct test equipment and procedures
before performing any of the following tasks. ( Electrical Safety for IBM Customer Engineers, S229-8124 may not
be applicable for other countries):

v Checking ac voltage at the power receptacle


v Checking ac impedance to ground at the power receptacle
Perform the power receptacle safety check as described in Electrical Safety for IBM Customer Engineers,
S229-8124. Use only the applicable high-voltage probes.
Table 1. Nominal Power Receptacle AC Voltage (110–120 V AC, 50–60 Hertz)
Machine Rating
Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage
(50–60 Hertz)
100-127 V ac 90 V ac 140 V ac
220–240 V ac 200 V ac 264 V ac
Do not continue until the voltages are in the correct range.

Notices and Safety Information 34


About This Book
This book describes how to diagnose and repair the Infoprint 21.

Related Publications
To obtain additional copies of this book or of any related publication, contact your IBM service representative, your
authorized service dealer, or, in the U.S.A. or Canada, call 1-800-879-2755.
For related topics not covered in this book, refer to the list below.
v IBM Infoprint 20/21/32/40: Warranty, Communication Statements, and Safety Information, G544-5523
v IBM Infoprint Printers: Service CDROM, GK2T-9300
v Infoprint 21 User’s Guide, G544-5701
v Infoprint 21 Quick Reference Card, G544-5700
v Infoprint 21 Setup Poster, S544-5699
v Ethernet and Token Ring Configuration Guide, S544-5711
v Twinax and Coax Configuration Guide, S544-5712
v IPDS and SCS Technical Reference, S544-5312

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 35


Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the United States or other countries or both:
IBM®
Infoprint™
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
Other company, product, or service names may be the trademarks or service marks of others.

About This Book 36


Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
MAP 003: End of Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
End of Diagnosing Problems and the Problem Remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
MAP 010: Start MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Defining the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Solving the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Operator Panel Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Error Message with Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Print Quality Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Electrical Noise / Intermittent Operation (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Excess Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Offset Not Recognized (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Duplex Not Recognized (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Envelope Not Recognized (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tray 2 Not Recognized (Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Tray 3 Not Recognized (Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
MAP 002: Install New Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
MAP 006: Reseat Toner Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
MAP 008: Install New Fuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
MAP 011: Tray x Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MAP 012: (Aux/Env) Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MAP 015: Tray x Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
MAP 016: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
MAP 017: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
MAP 031: Unload Paper From Main Output Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 37


MAP 035: Unload Paper From Offset Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
MAP 041: Install Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
MAP 042: Install Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
MAP 043: Install Tray 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
MAP 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
MAP 074: Close Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
MAP 075: Close Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
MAP 200: Wrong Paper Size - Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
MAP 201: Wrong Paper Size - Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
MAP 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
MAP 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
MAP 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
MAP 232: Paper Jam - Exit On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
MAP 250: Paper Jam - Duplex Early Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
MAP 253: Paper Jam - Late Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
MAP 254: Paper Jam - Duplex On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
MAP 255: Paper Jam - Duplex Late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
MAP 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
MAP 262: Paper Jam - Offset On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
MAP 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
MAP 275: Paper Jam - Early Exit Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
MAP 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
MAP 430: Motor Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
MAP 451: Fan Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MAP 454: Fuser Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
MAP 460: Offset Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
MAP 511: Laser Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
MAP 623: Data Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
MAP 630: NVM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
MAP 631: NVRAM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
MAP 650: Service Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 38


MAP 651: Boot Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
MAP 652: Memory Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
MAP 653: File Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
MAP 654: HW Error (MCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
MAP 661: Firmware Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
MAP 671: Disk Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
MAP 699: HW Error (Offset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
MAP 714: Duplex Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
MAP 772: ENV Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
MAP 795: Offset Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
MAP 821: PS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
MAP 831: Controller Loop Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
MAP 851: IPDS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
MAP 852: IPDS Add Mem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
MAP 853: IPDS Low Mem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
MAP 854: IPDS Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
MAP 860: No CX Host Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
MAP 861: No TX Host Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
MAP 862: CX Key Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
MAP 872: Network Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
MAP 900: Background or Dark Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
MAP 905: All Black Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
MAP 910: All Blank Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
MAP 920: Damaged Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
MAP 930: Not Fused or Partially Fused Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
MAP 935: Light Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
MAP 940: Image Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
MAP 941: Repeating Spots or Voids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
MAP 945: Residual or Ghost Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
MAP 950: Skewed Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
MAP 955: Spots on Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 39


MAP 965: Horizontal Streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
MAP 970: Vertical Streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
MAP 975: Voids on Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
MAP 980: Horizontal Voids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
MAP 985: Vertical Band Voids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 40


Introduction
This chapter helps you define the problem and begin problem isolation. All problem definition and resolution
begins in “MAP 010: Start MAP” on page 44. After a problem has been fixed go to “MAP 003: End of Call” on
page 42 to perform the defined procedures prior to completing the call.

If the suggested diagnostics do not resolve the problem, return to “MAP 010: Start MAP” on page 44 and define
the problem again or call for technical support. See “Appendix B. Drivers, Technical Support, and Warranty
Information” on page 617.
This chapter contains only MAPs (Maintenance Analysis Procedures) for problem diagnosis. Some of these
procedures require other actions such as printing a Service Page or other checks. “Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out
Diagrams” on page 297 contains information on printing test prints and performing checks and tests.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 41


MAP 003: End of Call
Use the following procedure to complete all service calls on the Infoprint 21.
1. Ensure the following:
v All internal cables and connectors are properly connected.
v All covers, doors, panels and paper trays are in place.
v Any workstation or network cable is connected.
v All power cords are connected.
2. Power on the printer and ensure that the printer performs the correct power-on sequence. See “Printer
Power-On Sequence Check” on page 279.
3. Print a Printer Configuration page to ensure high-quality output. See “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.
Look at the Page Count item located on the Printer Configuration page. You may need this count for your
activity reporting.
4. Have the operator print a job to ensure the printer is working correctly.
5. Clean the work area.
6. Clean the printer covers with a dry cleaning cloth. If necessary, use water and a mild detergent
(non-ammonia).
7. Return the printer operation to the operator.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 42


End of Diagnosing Problems and the Problem Remains
If the printer has not been fixed using the MAP procedures that you were directed to perform, return to “MAP 010:
Start MAP” on page 44. Ensure that you have correctly interpreted the available information and define the
problem again.

Review all MAPs that you were directed to. If you suspect an intermittent problem, check the following:
v All connectors and wiring associated with the suspected FRUs.
v All frame grounds and ground connectors.
v If you suspect a consumable (CRU), supplies or supplies storage problem (environmental conditions such as
temperature, humidity, or ventilation), refer to the IBM Infoprint 21 User’s Guide.
Refer to the list of Suspect FRUs at the beginning of the MAP and repair/replace any remaining FRUs that you
have not already replaced. After each replacement, print a Printer Configuration page to determine if the problem
has been fixed. If you have replaced a part that did not correct the problem, reinstall the original part before
continuing.
If a fix has not been found for the problem, contact your next level of support. See “Appendix B. Drivers, Technical
Support, and Warranty Information” on page 617.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 43


MAP 010: Start MAP
Defining the Problem
Use the following suggestions to gather the information to accurately define the printer problem, and then go to
“Solving the Problem” on page 46.
1. Discuss the problem with the operator. Note information such as error messages, other symptoms (such as
print quality), what happened, what type of print job, and other recent problems or changes. Review the printer
history with the operator and obtain or print a Printer Configuration page and an Error Log (see “Printing the
Service Page” on page 295).
2. Power on the printer. The printer performs start-up diagnostic routines that check the printer controller and the
printer. Most printer failures that occur during this start-up diagnostic portion of the initialization process, result
in either an error code or a message posted immediately on the operator panel. See “Printer Power-On
Sequence Check” on page 279 for the correct sequence of events when the printer is powered on.
3. Observe the display on the operator panel.
Note: All Operator Panel messages referenced in this service guide are in English. If your Operator Panel has
been set to a language other than English, you may want to change the language to English by using
the Language Menu. See the Infoprint 21 User’s Guide.
v Is information correctly displayed?
v Is the display blank after power is switched on?
v Does INFOPRINT 21 INITIALIZING display?
v Does READY display?
v Do you have an error code or message?
4. Try to duplicate the failure by printing a Printer Configuration page (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295) or by printing the customer job and noting the following:
v Printer fails to print a test print when not connected to a workstation or a network.
v Printer fails when connected to a workstation or network.
v Printer prints, but the paper jams.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 44


v Printer prints, but has poor quality.
5. See “Solving the Problem” on page 46.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 45


Solving the Problem
Using the problem information that you have gathered (see “Defining the Problem” on page 44, go to Table 2.
Select the Symptom or the Indication that best describes the printer problem, and then go to the suggested item
to further isolate the failure. Upon completing the problem diagnosis and repair, go to “MAP 003: End of Call” on
page 42 to complete the call.
Table 2. Diagnostic Quick Path
Symptom Indication Go To...
Operator Panel Solid black rectangle boxes always on “Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems
Problem Indications (Printer)” on page 73
Message with error code “Error Message with Error Code” on page 55
Message without error code “Operator Panel Messages” on page 48
Blank, push button or other display problem “Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems
(Printer)” on page 73
Print Quality Print quality problem Table 5 on page 59
Feature Problems Ethernet or token ring problems “Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem
(Printer)” on page 63
Twinax or coax problems “Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer)” on
page 60
Duplex not working / not recognized “MAP 714: Duplex Error” on page 222
Envelope Feeder not working / not recognized “MAP 772: ENV Error” on page 223
Offset Output Bin not working / not recognized “MAP 795: Offset Error” on page 225
Tray 2 not working / not recognized “Tray 2 Not Recognized (Printer)” on page 81
Tray 3 not working / not recognized “Tray 3 Not Recognized (Printer)” on page 83
Memory problems (Memory error) “MAP 652: Memory Error” on page 214
Table continues on p. 47.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 46


Table 2. Diagnostic Quick Path (continued)
Symptom Indication Go To...
Other Problems Power “Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems
(Printer)” on page 73
Excessive Noise “Excess Noise” on page 69
Electrical Noise, Intermittent Operation (Printer) “Electrical Noise / Intermittent Operation (Printer)” on
page 66

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 47


Operator Panel Messages
The Operator Panel messages in the following table are listed in alphabetical order in English. If your Operator
Panel has been set to a language other than English you may want to change the language to English by using
the Language Menu (see Infoprint 21 User’s Guide).
Select the message that was displayed in the Operator Panel display area, then perform the specified action.
Table 3. Operator Panel Messages
Message Meaning Action
CANCEL PRINT JOB? / + A job was printing when the printer went offline. This Press the + key to cancel the job, press the
YES, - NO message allows the operator to cancel or pause the job. − key to pause the job and take the printer
offline.
CANCELING JOB The printer is canceling a PCL or PostScript job. None required.
CLEAN DISK? / + YES, - You selected the CLEAN DISK action on the Reset Press the + key to clean the hard drive.
NO Menu. Cleaning the hard drive removes all files
other than those that contain IPDS fonts.
Press the − key to continue without
formatting.
CLEAN CANCELED Cleaning was canceled. None required.
COLD RESET / PLEASE The printer is powering up and resetting all menu values None required; however, you need to
WAIT to the factory defaults. restore any unique settings for the printer
(such as default trays or bins).
CX/TX CANCEL SENT A coax or twinax cancel request was sent to the host. None required.
CX/TX INVALID KEY An invalid coax or twinax key was pressed. None required.
DEFAULT A4 / PLEASE The printer is powering up and setting the A4 paper None required.
WAIT group as the default.
DEFAULT LETTER / The printer is powering up and setting the LETTER None required.
PLEASE WAIT paper group as the default.
FORMAT COMPLETE Formatting is finished. None required.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 48


Table 3. Operator Panel Messages (continued)
Message Meaning Action
FORMAT FLASH? / + YES, You selected the FORMAT FLASH action on the Reset Press the + key to format the Resource
- NO Menu. Flash Memory Module. Press the − key to
continue without formatting.
FORMAT IGNORED Formatting was canceled. None required.
FORMATTING The printer is formatting the Resource Flash Memory None required. Do not power off until
Module. formatting is complete.
INITIALIZING / PLEASE The printer is warming up. None required.
WAIT
IR SENT TO HOST / An interrupt request was sent to the host. Press Enter to continue.
PRESS ENTER
JOB QUEUED An informational page has been submitted from the Test None required.
Menu (for example, a configuration page or a fonts list).
LOAD <dimensions> A job has requested an unknown paper size. The Do one of the following:
<media type> IN <tray> message identifies the media dimensions, media type, v To print the job on the requested tray,
CUSTOM SIZE NOT and tray, that the print job requested. regardless of what media is in the tray,
DEFINED press Enter.
v To define a custom form that matches the
job, do the following:
1. Use the Custom Forms Menu to
define the form.
2. Use the Paper Menu to set the tray
size to the new form and the tray
type to requested type.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 49


Table 3. Operator Panel Messages (continued)
Message Meaning Action
LOAD <size> <dimensions> Someone changed the paper in a tray after a job began Do one of the following:
<media type> in <tray> formatting. The specified tray no longer contains the v Reload the tray with the required media.
media requested by a job that has already been v To print the job from another tray that
formatted. The message identifies the media dimensions contains the correct size media, although
(for custom size jobs), the media type, and the tray that not necessarily the correct type, press
the print job requested. Enter.
v Press the Online key and, when
prompted, cancel the job.
LOAD <size> <dimensions> The specified tray does not contain the media requested Do one of the following:
<media type> in <tray> / by a job. The message identifies the media dimensions v Reload the tray with the required media.
PRESS ENTER TO USE (for custom size jobs), the media type, and the tray that If you reload the auxiliary tray or the
DEFAULT TRAY the print job requested. envelope feeder, the printer will set the
AUXSIZE or ENVSIZE values to the size
of the new media.
v To reformat and print the job using the
specified tray, regardless of the media it
contains, press Enter.
v Press the Online key and, when
prompted, cancel the job.
MANUALLY FEED <size> Manual mode (MANUAL=ON) has been selected for the Load the requested media in the auxiliary
<dimensions> <type> IN auxiliary tray, and the printer is waiting for you to press tray and press the Enter key to print the
AUX TRAY the Enter key to print the next page. The message next page.
identifies the required media dimensions (for custom size
jobs), the media size (as defined by the AUXSIZE item in
the Paper Menu), and the media type (as defined by the
AUX TYPE item in the Paper Menu).

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 50


Table 3. Operator Panel Messages (continued)
Message Meaning Action
MANUALLY FEED Manual mode (MANUAL=ON) has been selected for the Do one of the following:
<dimensions> <type> IN auxiliary tray, and a job has requested an unknown v To print the job on the requested tray,
AUX TRAY CUSTOM SIZE paper size. The message identifies the media regardless of what media is in the tray,
NOT DEFINED dimensions and the media type that the print job press Enter.
requested. v To define a custom form that matches the
job, do the following:
1. Use the Custom Forms Menu to
define the form.
2. Use the Paper Menu to set the tray
size to the new form and the tray
type to requested type.

MANUAL FEED <size> Manual mode (MANUAL=ON) has been selected for the Load the requested media in the auxiliary
<type> IN AUX TRAY auxiliary tray, and the printer is waiting for you to press tray and press the Enter key to print the
the Enter key to print the next page. next page.
MENUS LOCKED / The system administrator has locked the menu. You can None required.
PLEASE WAIT view menu settings but you cannot change them.
MENUS UNLOCKED / The system administrator has unlocked the menus. None required. Wait until the message
PLEASE WAIT clears to change menu settings.
NEW VALUES AT NEXT You have changed a menu item, but the new value will None required. If problems occur, make
BOUNDARY not take effect until the next “job boundary”. Different sure you change menu values only when no
data streams, in particular SCS, define job boundaries in jobs are printing (the printer is in Ready
different ways, so it may take awhile for the new value to state).
take effect.
NO CX HOST SYNC / There is no host synchronization over the coax port. Press Enterto continue.
PRESS ENTER
NO TX HOST SYNC / There is no host synchronization over the twinax port. Press Enterto continue.
PRESS ENTER

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 51


Table 3. Operator Panel Messages (continued)
Message Meaning Action
OFFLINE The printer is offline. Press the Online key to make the printer
active.
OFFLINE IN PROGRESS The printer is going offline. None required.
ONLINE IN PROGRESS The printer is going online. None required.
ONLINE HEX PRINT The printer is performing a hexadecimal dump. None required.
PA1 KEY SENT A PA1 request was sent to the host over the coax None required.
interface.
PA2 KEY SENT A PA2 request was sent to the host over the coax None required.
interface.
PA KEY REQUESTED / A PA1 or PA2 request was sent to the host over the coax Press Enterto continue.
PRESS ENTER interface.
POWER SAVE ON The printer is in power-saving mode and has temporarily None required.
shut off power to certain of its components. Power will be
restored as soon as a job is submitted.
PRESS ENTER TO PRINT A PCL job has left the last page of a job in the printer Press Enterto print the page.
PARTIAL PAGE buffer.
PRESS ONLINE TO PRINT An informational page (for example, a printer Press Online to put the printer online and
configuration page) has been queued for printing, print the job.
however, the printer is offline.
PRINTING jobname The printer is printing a job. None required.
PRINTING IPDS / FROM The printer is printing an IPDS job using paper from the None required.
TRAY x specified tray.
PRINTING IPDS / COPY x The printer is printing an IPDS job. None required.
of x
PRINTING PCL / FROM The printer is printing a PCL job using paper from the None required.
TRAY x specified tray.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 52


Table 3. Operator Panel Messages (continued)
Message Meaning Action
PRINTING PCL / COPY x of The printer is printing a PCL job. None required.
x
PRINTING PS / FROM The printer is printing a PostScript or PDF job using None required.
TRAY x paper from the specified tray.
PRINTING PS / COPY x of The printer is printing a PostScript or PDF job. None required.
x
PROCESSING jobname The printer is processing a job. None required.
PROCESSING IPDS The printer is processing an IPDS job. None required.
PROCESSING PCL The printer is processing a PCL job. None required.
PROCESSING PS The printer is processing an PostScript or PDF job. None required.
READ ONLY VALUE You cannot change the menu value displayed on the None required.
operator panel.
READY The printer is ready to receive data. None required.
REBOOT THE PRINTER? / You have changed a menu item that cannot take effect Press the + key to reboot. Press − to
+ YES, - NO until the printer is rebooted. This message lets you verify continue operating with the old values until
that you want to reboot the printer. the next time the printer is rebooted.
REBOOTING / PLEASE The printer is rebooting. None required.
WAIT
RESET COMPLETE The toner or fuser counter has been reset to 0. None required.
REQUEST RECEIVED A user powered-on the printer while holding down keys The printer recognizes the special request
on the operator panel. For example, holding down the and the user can let go of the keys.
Online key while powering on the printer resets printer
values to their factory defaults.
RESET COUNTER? / + You asked to reset the toner counter or the fuser Press the + to reset the counter. Press the
YES, - NO counter. − key to cancel the reset.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 53


Table 3. Operator Panel Messages (continued)
Message Meaning Action
RESET IGNORED A request to reset the toner or fuser counter was None required.
canceled; the counter has not been reset.
RESET TO FACTORY You asked to reset printer values to the factory defaults. Press the + key to reset the values. Press
DEFAULTS? / + YES, - NO the − key to continue without resetting.
RESETTING... The toner or fuser counters are being reset. None required.
RESTORING DEFAULTS The printer is restoring the factory defaults for the printer None required.
or network interface card.
WARMING UP The printer is warming up. When it is warm, it displays None required. If the message seems to
the READY message. appear too frequently, change the value for
the power-saving mode to a larger value.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 54


Error Message with Error Code
The Operator Panel messages in the following table are listed in numerical order by error code. Note that
messages contain two lines. The error code appears on the second line. Find the error code that was displayed
on the Operator Panel, then go to the suggested MAP to further isolate the failure.
Table 4. Error Message with Error Code
Error Code Go To...
002 TONER LOW / INSTALL NEW TONER CARTRIDGE “MAP 002: Install New Toner Cartridge” on page 84
006 TONER ERROR / RESEAT TONER CARTRIDGE “MAP 006: Reseat Toner Cartridge” on page 86
011 TRAY <tray> EMPTY / LOAD <size> <dimensions> <media “MAP 011: Tray x Empty” on page 89
type>
012 AUX/ENV EMPTY / LOAD <size> <dimensions> <media “MAP 012: (Aux/Env) Empty” on page 97
type>
016 CHECK TRAY <tray> / ADJUST GUIDES FOR PAPER SIZE “MAP 016: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu”
OR SET SIZE IN MENU on page 109
031 OUTPUT FULL / UNLOAD PAPER FROM MAIN BIN “MAP 031: Unload Paper From Main Output Bin” on page 113
035 OUTPUT FULL / UNLOAD PAPER FROM OFFSET BIN “MAP 035: Unload Paper From Offset Bin” on page 115
041 TRAY MISSING / INSTALL TRAY 1 “MAP 041: Install Tray 1” on page 116
042 TRAY MISSING / INSTALL TRAY 2 “MAP 042: Install Tray 2” on page 118
043 TRAY MISSING / INSTALL TRAY 3 “MAP 043: Install Tray 3” on page 120
049 COVER OPEN / CLOSE FACEUP BIN WHEN DUPLEXING “MAP 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing” on
page 122
074 COVER OPEN / CLOSE FRONT COVER “MAP 074: Close Front Cover” on page 125
075 COVER OPEN / CLOSE REAR COVER “MAP 075: Close Rear Cover” on page 129
200 DUPLEX ERROR / WRONG PAPER SIZE “MAP 200: Wrong Paper Size - Duplex” on page 131
201 TRAY <tray> ERROR / WRONG PAPER SIZE “MAP 201: Wrong Paper Size - Tray” on page 132

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 55


Table 4. Error Message with Error Code (continued)
Error Code Go To...
220 PAPER JAM / OPEN FRONT COVER “MAP 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed” on page 134
221 PAPER JAM / CHECK PAPER TRAY AND OPEN FRONT “MAP 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed” on page 148
COVER
230 PAPER JAM / OPEN FRONT COVER AND REAR COVERS “MAP 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit” on page 162
232 PAPER JAM / OPEN REAR COVER “MAP 232: Paper Jam - Exit On” on page 167
250 PAPER JAM / CHECK DUPLEX AREA “MAP 250: Paper Jam - Duplex Early Registration” on page 171
253 PAPER JAM / CHECK DUPLEX AREA “MAP 253: Paper Jam - Late Duplex” on page 173
254 PAPER JAM / CHECK DUPLEX AREA “MAP 254: Paper Jam - Duplex On” on page 175
255 PAPER JAM / CHECK DUPLEX AREA “MAP 255: Paper Jam - Duplex Late Registration” on page 177
261 PAPER JAM / OPEN OFFSET BIN REAR COVER “MAP 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset” on page 179
262 PAPER JAM / OPEN OFFSET BIN REAR COVER “MAP 262: Paper Jam - Offset On” on page 182
272 PAPER JAM / OPEN FRONT AND REAR COVERS “MAP 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific)” on page 184
275 PAPER JAM / OPEN FRONT AND REAR COVERS “MAP 275: Paper Jam - Early Exit Off” on page 190
276 PAPER JAM / OPEN FRONT AND REAR COVERS “MAP 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal)” on page 192
430 MOTOR ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 430: Motor Error” on page 197
451 FAN ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 451: Fan Error” on page 202
454 FUSER ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 454: Fuser Error” on page 204
460 OFFSET ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 460: Offset Error” on page 206
511 LASER ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 511: Laser Error” on page 207
623 DATA ERROR / PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE “MAP 623: Data Error” on page 209
630 NVM ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 630: NVM Error” on page 210
631 NVRAM ERROR / PARAMETERS RESET / PRESS ENTER “MAP 631: NVRAM Error” on page 211

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 56


Table 4. Error Message with Error Code (continued)
Error Code Go To...
650 SERVICE PORT / CALL SERVICE “MAP 650: Service Error” on page 212
651 HW ERROR / CALL SERVICE “MAP 651: Boot Error” on page 213
652 HW ERROR / CALL SERVICE “MAP 652: Memory Error” on page 214
653 HW ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 653: File Error” on page 216
654 HW ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 654: HW Error (MCU)” on page 217
661 CODE ERROR / PRESS ENTER nnn “MAP 661: Firmware Error” on page 219
671 DISK ERROR / CALL FOR SERVICE “MAP 671: Disk Error” on page 220
699 HW ERROR / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 699: HW Error (Offset)” on page 221
714 DUPLEX ERROR / RESEAT DUPLEX “MAP 714: Duplex Error” on page 222
772 ENV ERROR / RESEAT ENV TRAY “MAP 772: ENV Error” on page 223
795 OFFSET ERROR / RESEAT OFFSET BIN “MAP 795: Offset Error” on page 225
821 PS OPTION / RESEAT PS CF “MAP 821: PS Option” on page 226
831 ERROR nnnnn / CALL SERVICE “MAP 831: Controller Loop Trap” on page 227
851 IPDS OPTION / RESEAT IPDS CF “MAP 851: IPDS Option” on page 228
852 IPDS ADD MEM / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 852: IPDS Add Mem” on page 229
853 IPDS LOW MEM / POWER OFF/ON “MAP 853: IPDS Low Mem” on page 231
854 IPDS ERROR / RESET IPDS FONTS “MAP 854: IPDS Error” on page 232
860 NO HOST SYNC / PRESS ENTER “MAP 860: No CX Host Sync” on page 233
861 NO HOST SYNC / PRESS ENTER “MAP 861: No TX Host Sync” on page 234
862 SEND STATE / PRESS ENTER TO SEND PA1 “MAP 862: CX Key Request” on page 235
872 NETWORK OPT / RESEAT OPTION “MAP 872: Network Option” on page 236

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 57


Print Quality Problems
Link to -- Table 5 on page 59
Before analyzing print quality (PQ) problems, verify that supply items (toner cartridge, bias transfer roll, and fuser)
don’t need replacing. Also, check the items listed below.
The quality of the printed image depends upon many factors, some of which are controlled by the customer. The
following customer-controlled items should be as described in the Infoprint 21 User’s Guide:
v Toner Cartridge
v Paper, envelopes, or transparencies
v Fuser
v Bias transfer roll
v Stable operating environment
– Temperature
– Humidity
v Location
– On a level surface
– Proper ventilation
– Shielded from direct sunlight
– Low dust content in air
– Not near wall outlets, steamers, electric heaters, volatile gasses, or open flame
v Supplies storage
– At the warehouse
– In the printer operating environment

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 58


Find the symptom, and then go to the suggested procedure.
Table 5. Print Quality Problems
Symptom Go To...
Background “MAP 900: Background or Dark Image” on page 237
Black image “MAP 905: All Black Print” on page 240
Blank image “MAP 910: All Blank Print” on page 242
Damaged page “MAP 920: Damaged Page” on page 245
Dark image “MAP 900: Background or Dark Image” on page 237
Fusing “MAP 930: Not Fused or Partially Fused Image” on page 248
Light (under-toned) image “MAP 935: Light Image” on page 250
Registration of image “MAP 940: Image Registration” on page 253
Repeating (cyclical) spots or voids “MAP 941: Repeating Spots or Voids” on page 256
Residual image or ghosting “MAP 945: Residual or Ghost Images” on page 258
Skewed image “MAP 950: Skewed Image” on page 260
Spots “MAP 955: Spots on Prints” on page 263
Streaks, horizontal “MAP 965: Horizontal Streaks” on page 265
Streaks, vertical “MAP 970: Vertical Streaks” on page 268
Voids “MAP 975: Voids on Prints” on page 270
Voids, horizontal band “MAP 980: Horizontal Voids” on page 273
Voids, vertical band “MAP 985: Vertical Band Voids” on page 276

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 59


Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The printer is having problems printing with the Coax/Twinax Coax NIC 40%
NIC.
Twinax NIC 40%
IBM AFP/IPDS Module 10%
Compact Flash 5%
Controller PCB 5%

Table 6. Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is the problem only with IPDS jobs? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.

2. Check the IPDS Status: Verify that there is enough Reseat the IBM AFP/IPDS
a. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output memory for IPDS jobs (see the Module. If that does not fix the
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) IBM Infoprint 21: User’s Guide). problem, replace the IBM
Go to step 3. AFP/IPDS Module.
Is IPDS indicated on the Service Page?
3. Power off and then power on the printer. Wait for the Go to step 4. Return to “Solving the Problem”
READY message. on page 46 with the new error
code or symptom.
Does READY appear within 5 minutes?
4. Check printer function: Go to step 5 on page 61. Return to “Solving the Problem”
a. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output on page 46 with the new error
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) code or symptom.

Can you print a Service Page?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 60


Table 6. Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Is the twinax or coax NIC indicated on the Service Go to step 6. Go to step 9.
Page?
6. Check the NIC: Go to step 7. Go to step 9.
a. Print a NIC Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main
Output Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295).
Can you print a NIC Service Page?

7. Check the job status: The cabling and NIC are OK. Go to step 8.
Suspect a problem with menu
When a job is sent, does the printer operator panel settings, the IBM AFP/IPDS
indicate the job’s arrival with any message? Module, the Controller Flash, or
the Controller PCB.
8. The NIC can communicate with the controller, but the Suspect a problem with the If the connection light is off, the
system cannot communicate with the NIC. network. Refer the system problem most likely is with the
a. Check the cable connection at the back of the administrator to Twinax and customer network. Ask the
twinax or coax NIC. Coax Configuration Guide, customer to verify their network
S544-5712, or call your next setup. If problems continue,
Is the connection light ON and the cable level of support (see “Technical replace the NIC.
connected? Support” on page 618).
9. There is a problem with the NIC or controller. Verify that the original customer Go to step 10 on page 62.
a. Power off the printer. job prints correctly.
b. Reseat the NIC.
c. Power on the printer.
Is the problem fixed?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 61


Table 6. Coax/Twinax NIC Printing Problem (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
10. Replace the NIC: Replacing the NIC solved the Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. problem. Verify that the original one at a time. After each
2. Replace the NIC. customer job prints correctly. replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed.
3. Power on the printer.
v Compact Flash
Is the problem fixed? v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 62


Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem (Printer)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The printer is having problems printing with the Ethernet or Ethernet NIC 40%
Token-Ring NIC.
Token Ring NIC 40%
IBM AFP/IPDS Module 10%
Compact Flash 5%
Controller PCB 5%

Table 7. Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem (Printer)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is the problem only with IPDS jobs? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.

2. Check the IPDS Status: Verify that there is enough Reseat the IBM AFP/IPDS
a. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output memory for IPDS jobs (see the Module. If that does not fix the
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295). IBM Infoprint 21: User’s Guide). problem, replace the IBM
Go to step 3. AFP/IPDS Module.
Is IPDS indicated on the Service Page?
3. Power off and then power on the printer. Wait for the Go to step 4. Return to “Solving the Problem”
READY message. on page 46 with the new error
code or symptom.
Does READY appear within 5 minutes?
4. Check printer function: Go to step 5 on page 64. Return to “Solving the Problem”
a. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output on page 46 with the new error
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295). code or symptom.

Can you print a Service Page?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 63


Table 7. Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Is the Ethernet or Token-Ring NIC indicated on the Go to step 6. Go to step 9.
Service Page?
6. Check the NIC: Go to step 7. Go to step 9.
a. Print a NIC Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main
Output Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295).
Can you print a NIC Service Page?

7. Check the job status: The cabling and NIC are OK. Go to step 8.
Suspect a problem with menu
When a job is sent, does the printer operator panel settings, the IBM AFP/IPDS
indicate the job’s arrival with any message? Module, the Controller Flash, or
the Controller PCB.
8. The NIC can communicate with the controller, but the There is probably a network If the connection light is off, the
system cannot communicate with the NIC. cabling problem or a problem most likely is with the
a. Check the cable connection at the back of the configuration problem. Refer the customer network. Ask the
Ethernet or Token-Ring NIC. system administrator to Ethernet customer to verify their network
and Token Ring Configuration setup. If problems continue,
Is the connection light ON and the cable Guide, S544-5711, or call your replace the NIC.
connected? next level of support (see
“Technical Support” on
page 618).
9. There is a problem with the NIC or controller. Verify that the original customer Go to step 10 on page 65.
a. Power off the printer. job prints correctly.
b. Reseat the NIC.
c. Power on the printer.
Is the problem fixed?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 64


Table 7. Ethernet / Token-Ring NIC Printing Problem (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
10. Replace the NIC: Replacing the NIC solved the Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. problem. Verify that the original one at a time. After each
2. Replace the NIC. customer job prints correctly. replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed.
3. Power on the printer.
v Compact Flash
Is the problem fixed? v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 65


Electrical Noise / Intermittent Operation (Printer)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The printer is having intermittent problems, operation or error Toner Cartridge 40%
codes.
Main Power Switch 20%
HVPS 20%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 10%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 5%
MCU PCB 2%
Controller PCB 1%
5 V DC PCB 1%
Main Motor 1%

Table 8. Electrical Noise (Printer)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. If there is any other electrical equipment, such as the Go to step 2 on page 67. Permanently relocate the printer
following, within 10 feet of the printer, isolate each, one or the interfering equipment.
at a time.
v Generators
v Devices using motors
v Radio transmitters
v X-ray machines
Do you still have an electrical noise problem?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 66


Table 8. Electrical Noise (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Isolate the Features. Go to step 3. Connect the options one at a
a. Remove all of the following options: time until the printer again
v Duplex Asm becomes inoperative. Replace
the last feature installed.
v Offset Asm
v Extra Trays
v Env Tray Asm
Do you still have an electrical noise problem?
3. Perform a Safety Check. Go to step 4 on page 68. If the problem is with the supply
a. Perform “Power-Receptacle Safety-Check” on outlet, have the customer
page 34 and check all ground connections (see correct the problem. If there is a
“Safety Ground” on page 33). faulty ground connection within
the printer, repair or replace that
Do you still have an electrical noise problem? part.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 67


Table 8. Electrical Noise (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. Repair/replace the following, one at a time. After each replacement, determine if the problem is fixed.
v Toner Cartridge
v Main Power Switch
v HVPS
v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB
v 5 V DC PCB
v Main Motor
If you have replaced all these parts and are still having the problem, go to “End of Diagnosing Problems and the Problem
Remains” on page 43.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 68


Excess Noise
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The printer is creating excessive noise. Main Motor 40%
Gear Drive Asm 40%
Duplex Asm 10%
MCU PCB 5%
Harness (J34 - J341) 5%

Table 9. Excess Noise (Printer)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2 on page 70. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295.)
Is excess noise still audible?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 69


Table 9. Excess Noise (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Paper Path: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path throughout the entire printer correctly.
for blockage.
c. Replace any damaged component.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is excess noise still audible?
3. Print a page with and without duplex: Go to step 7 on page 72. Go to step 4.
a. Enter the Service Mode (see “Accessing Service
Mode” on page 280).
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin using the Duplex option (see ″Printing a Service
Page″ on page x.)
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin without using the Duplex option.
d. If no duplex unit is installed on this machine, go to
step 3.
Is excess noise audible only when using duplex?
4. Check the Main Motor: Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 5 on page 71.
a. Open the Front Cover.
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
c. Enter the Service Mode (see “Accessing Service
Mode” on page 280).
d. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Do all gears rotate correctly without excess noise?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 70


Table 9. Excess Noise (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Check the Main Motor: Go to step 6 on page 72. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the
b. Remove the Main Motor, leaving the Harness (J29 -
problem has been fixed.
J291) attached to the MCU PCB.
v Main Motor
v MCU PCB

DANGER
<1-10> Hazardous voltages are present. Do
not touch the pins or the sockets of the power
receptacle. Do not attempt to measure
voltages or make any other checks at the
power receptacle, the power cord, or the
power supply input before you perform the
Power-Receptacle Safety-Check. Make these
checks only if you are a qualified service
representative or a qualified electrician.
Inform the customer if the voltages or other
checks are not within the correct operating
range. Do not continue until the customer has
fixed the problem.

c. Enter the Service Mode (see “Accessing Service


Mode” on page 280).
d. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Main Motor rotate correctly without excess
noise?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 71


Table 9. Excess Noise (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Gear Drive: Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Asm.
b. Check for damage by manually rotating the Main replacement, check to see if the
Motor and watching the Gear Drive Asm. problem has been fixed.
v MCU PCB
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly without
excess noise?
7. Check the Harness (J34 - J341): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J34
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J341).
2. Check the Harness (J34 - J341) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is properly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Duplex Asm
Is the harness free of damage and properly v MCU PCB
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 72


Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Operator Panel LEDs, the display, or the push buttons Operator Panel 40%
do not function correctly. This might indicate a power
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 25%
problem.
MCU PCB 18%
Controller PCB 10%
Compact Flash 1%
Memory DIMM 1%
5 V DC PCB 1%
Main Power Switch 1%
Harness (J4 - Operator Panel) 1%
Harness (J28 - J281) 1%
Harness (J1 - J101) 1%
Harness (AC - J285) 1%
Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9) 1%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 73


Table 10. Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check Symptom: Go to step 11 on page 76. Go to step 2.
a. Power on the printer.
b. Wait 6 minutes to be sure the symptom does not
change.
Does INFOPRINT 21 INITIALIZING display during the
6 minutes?
2. Do any motors (including the fan motor) turn during Go to step 3. Go to step 7 on page 75.
the first five seconds after the printer is powered
on?
3. Check the Controller PCB: A bad connection probably Go to step 4.
a. Power off the printer. caused the problem. If the
b. Reseat the Controller PCB into the MCU PCB. problem happens again, go to
step 7 on page 75.
c. Power on the printer.
Does INFOPRINT 21 INITIALIZING display?
4. Check the Harness (J4 - Operator Panel): Go to step 5 on page 75. Repair/replace the Harness (J4 -
a. Power off the printer. Operator Panel).
b. Check the Harness (J4 - Operator Panel) from the
Controller PCB to the Operator Panel to make sure
that it is correctly connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 74


Table 10. Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Check the Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9): Go to step 6. Repair/replace the Harness
a. Power off the printer. (J282 - J9, J288 - J9).
b. Check the Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9) from the
LVPS and the 5 V DC PCB to the Controller PCB to
make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
6. Check the Harness (J1 - J101): Repair/replace the following: Repair/replace Harness (J1 -
a. Power off the printer. v Operator Panel J101).
b. Check the Harness (J1 - J101) from the LVPS to v 5 V DC PCB
the 5 V DC PCB to make sure that it is correctly v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
connected and not damaged.
v Controller PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly v Memory DIMM
connected? v Compact Flash
7. Check the Power Receptacle: Go to step 8 on page 76. A bad power outlet caused the
a. Power off the printer and remove the printer power problem.
cord from the power outlet.
b. Perform “Power-Receptacle Safety-Check” on
page 34 and check for the correct AC receptacle
voltage.
Is the power receptacle voltage correct?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 75


Table 10. Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
8. Check the Power Cord: Go to step 9. Replace the Power Cord.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Disconnect the Power Cord from the printer.
c. Check the continuity of the Power Cord.
Does the Power Cord have continuity?
9. Check the Harness (J28 - J281): Go to step 10. Repair/replace the Harness (J28
a. Power off the printer. - J281).
b. Check the Harness (J28 - J281) from the MCU PCB
to the LVPS to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
10. Check the Harness (AC - J285): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (AC
a. Check the Harness (AC - J285) from the AC input one at a time. After each - J285).
plug to the LVPS to make sure that it is correctly replacement, check to see if the
connected and not damaged. problem has been fixed.
b. Check for continuity from J285, pins 1 and 2, to the v Main Power Switch
corresponding AC input plug pins. v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
Is the harness free of damage, correctly connected,
and have continuity?
11. Does the I/O INITIALIZING message display and Go to “Ethernet / Token-Ring Go to step 12.
then always stay on? NIC Printing Problem (Printer)”
on page 63.
12. Does the INFOPRINT 21 INITIALIZING or PLEASE Go to step 14 on page 77. Go to step 13 on page 77.
WAIT INITIALIZING message display and then
always stay on?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 76


Table 10. Operator Panel, Controller and Power Problems (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
13. Check the Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each (J282 - J9, J288 - J9).
b. Check the Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9) from the replacement, check to see if the
LVPS and the 5 V DC PCB to the Controller PCB to problem has been fixed.
make sure that it is correctly connected and not v Operator Panel
damaged. v Controller PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly v 5 V DC PCB
connected? v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V

14. Check the Features: Repair/replace the feature last Repair/replace the following,
1. Remove the installed features installed, one at a removed to fix the problem. one at a time. After each
time, in the order listed. After each removal, check replacement, check to see if the
to see if the problem still exists. problem has been fixed.
v Coax NIC v Compact Flash
v Twinax NIC v Controller PCB
v Ethernet NIC
v Token Ring NIC
v Hard Drive
v IBM AFP/IPDS Module
v Font Flash
Did removing features fix the problem?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 77


Offset Not Recognized (Printer)
Go to “MAP 795: Offset Error” on page 225.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 78


Duplex Not Recognized (Printer)
Go to “MAP 714: Duplex Error” on page 222.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 79


Envelope Not Recognized (Printer)
Go to “MAP 772: ENV Error” on page 223.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 80


Tray 2 Not Recognized (Printer)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic did not detect Tray 2. Option Paper Drawer 30%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 5%
MCU PCB 4%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 11. Tray 2 Not Recognized (Printer)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.

2. a. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2 Go to step 4 on page 82. Replace the Option Paper
becomes Tray 3. Drawer (Tray 3).

Do you still have a problem recognizing Tray 2?

3. Replace the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Install the original Option Paper Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. Drawer. Go to step 4 on original customer job prints
b. Replace the Option Paper Drawer. page 82. correctly.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a problem recognizing Tray 2?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 81


Table 11. Tray 2 Not Recognized (Printer) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 82


Tray 3 Not Recognized (Printer)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic did not detect Tray 3. Option Paper Drawer 30%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 5%
MCU PCB 4%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 12. Tray 3 Not Recognized (Printer)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Go to step 2. Replace the Option Paper
a. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 3 Drawer (Tray 2).
becomes Tray 2.
b. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a problem recognizing Tray 3?
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 83


MAP 002: Install New Toner Cartridge
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected low toner. Toner Cartridge 90%
Toner Sensor Asm 5%
MCU PCB 2%
Interface PCB 1%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%
Harness (J42 - J421) 1%

Table 13. Map 002: Install New Toner Cartridge


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Replace the Toner Cartridge.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have error code 002?

2. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 3 on page 85. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 84


Table 13. Map 002: Install New Toner Cartridge (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Harness (J42 - J421): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J42
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J421)
2. Check the Harness (J42 - J421) from the Toner replacement, determine if the
Sensor Asm to the Interface PCB to make sure that problem is fixed.
it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Toner Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Interface PCB
v Harness (J42 - J421)

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 85


MAP 006: Reseat Toner Cartridge
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic could not detect the Toner Cartridge. Toner Cartridge 80%
Toner Cartridge Key Sensor 17%
MCU PCB 2%
Harness (J25 - J251) 1%

Table 14. Map 006: Reseat Toner Cartridge


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
Note: The Infoprint 21 checks for IBM Toner Cartridges
using the Toner Cartridge Key Sensor. If a non-IBM
Toner Cartridge is installed, error code 006 is
generated.
a. Replace the IBM Toner Cartridge.
Do you still have error code 006?

2. Check the Harness (J25 - J251): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J25
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J251)
2. Check the Harness (J25 - J251) from the MCU PCB replacement, determine if the
to the Toner Cartridge Key Sensor to make sure problem is fixed.
that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Toner Cartridge Key Sensor
To access Harness (J25 - J251), see “Toner v MCU PCB
Cartridge Key Sensor” on page 490.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 86


MAP 008: Install New Fuser
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Fuser Life has been reached. Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 95%
MCU PCB 5%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 87


Table 15. Map 008: Install New Fuser
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v: Replace the MCU PCB. Problem solved.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to
cool before handling.
1. Power off the printer.
2. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v.
3. Power on the printer.
4. Reset the fuser count:
a. Press the Menu key until you see MACHINE
INFO MENU.
b. Press the Item key until you see RESET
FUSER CTR.
c. Press the Enter key.
d. When you see the RESET COUNTER? /+YES, -NO
message, press the + key to reset the current
value to 0.
Do you still have error code 008?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 88


MAP 011: Tray x Empty
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
One of the following: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 40%
v The MCU PCB does not detect the empty tray. Option Paper Drawer 30%
v The MCU PCB incorrectly detects an empty tray.
Feed Asm 8%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 8%
Feed PCB 5%
MCU PCB 4%
No Paper Actuator 4%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. This map diagnoses two error conditions: Go to step 2. Go to step 18 on page 93.
a. The MCU PCB does not detect the empty tray (error
code 011 does not occur when a tray is empty).
b. The MCU PCB incorrectly detects an empty tray
(error code 011 occurs when a tray has paper).
Is error code 011 occurring when the tray has
paper?
2. Does the error code 011 specify Tray 1? Go to step 13 on page 92. Go to step 3.

3. Does the error code 011 specify Tray 2? Go to step 4 on page 90. Go to step 10 on page 91.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 89


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. The error message specifies Tray 2. Go to step 5. Go to step 9 on page 91.
Is there an Option Paper Drawer installed?

5. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 6. Go to step 8.

6. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Go to step 9 on page 91. Go to step 7.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2
becomes Tray 3.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 011 specify Tray 2?

7. Check Tray 2: Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Replace the Option Paper
a. Power off the printer. Asm (Tray 3). Drawer (Tray 2). If the problem
b. Switch the trays so that Tray 2 becomes Tray 3. persists, go to step 9 on
page 91.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 011 specify Tray 3?
8. Check Tray 2: Go to step 9 on page 91. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Power off the printer. Asm in Tray 1.
b. Switch the trays between Tray 1 and Tray 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 011 specify Tray 2?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 90


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
9. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Sizing PCB to make sure that it is problem has been fixed.
correctly connected and not damaged. v Option Paper Drawer
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v MCU PCB

10. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 11. Go to step 9.

11. Note: Based on answers to previous questions, Tray 3 Go to step 9. Go to step 12.
was specified in the error code 011.
Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3):
a. Power off the printer.
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers, including the
550-Sheet Tray Asms, so that Tray 3 becomes Tray
2.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 011 specify Tray 3?
12. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Replace the Option Paper
a. Power off the printer. Asm (currently in Tray 3). Drawer (currently Tray 2).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms so that Tray 2
becomes Tray 3.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 011 specify Tray 3?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 91


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
13. Check the No Paper Actuator: Go to step 14. Repair/replace the No Paper
a. Power off the printer. Actuator.
b. Check the No Paper Actuator and ensure that it is
undamaged and working correctly.
Is the No-Paper Actuator intact and working
correctly?
14. Check the No-Paper Photo Sensor on the Tray 1 Feed Go to step 9 on page 91. Go to step 15.
PCB:
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 1.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Lift the No-Paper Actuator to actuate the No-Paper
Photo Sensor in the Feed PCB.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the No-Paper Actuator was lifted?
15. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Go to step 16 on page 93. Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB
to the Paper Sizing PCB to make sure that it is
correctly connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 92


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
16. Is there an Option Paper Drawer installed? Go to step 17. Repair/replace the following,
one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
v Feed PCB
v 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 1)
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
v Feed Asm
17. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 1): Repair/replace the following, Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Asm (in Tray 2).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms to that Tray 1 replacement, check to see if the
becomes Tray 2. problem has been fixed.
c. Power on the printer. v Feed PCB
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Does error code 011 specify Tray 1? v MCU PCB
v Feed Asm
18. Does the error occur with Tray 1? Go to step 27 on page 95. Go to step 19.

19. Does the error occur with Tray 2? Go to step 20. Go to step 24 on page 94.

20. The error occurs with Tray 2. Go to step 21 on page 94. Go to step 9 on page 91.
Is there an Option Paper Drawer installed?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 93


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
21. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Go to step 9 on page 91. Go to step 22.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 2.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the No-Paper Photo Sensor in Tray 2.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the No-Paper Actuator was lifted?
22. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 23. Go to step 9 on page 91.

23. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Replace the Option Paper Go to step 9 on page 91.
a. Power off the printer. Drawer (currently Tray 3). If the
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2 problem persists, go to step 9
becomes Tray 3. on page 91.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
d. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 2.
e. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
f. Actuate the No-Paper Photo Sensor in Tray 2.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the No-Paper Actuator was lifted?
24. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 25 on page 95. Go to step 9 on page 91.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 94


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
25. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Go to step 9 on page 91. Go to step 26.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 3.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the No-Paper Photo Sensor in Tray 3.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the No-Paper Actuator was lifted?
26. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Replace the Option Paper Go to step 9 on page 91.
a. Power off the printer. Drawer (currently Tray 2). If the
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 3 problem persists, go to step 9
becomes Tray 2. on page 91.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
d. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 3.
e. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
f. Actuate the No-Paper Photo Sensor in Tray 3.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the No-Paper Actuator was lifted?
27. Check the No-Paper Actuator: Go to step 28 on page 96. Repair/replace the No Paper
a. Power off the printer. Actuator.
b. Check the No Paper Actuator and ensure that it is
undamaged and working correctly.
Is the No-Paper Actuator intact and working
correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 95


Table 16. Map 011: Tray x Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
28. Check the No-Paper Sensor on the Tray 1 Feed PCB: Go to step 9 on page 91. Go to step 29.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 1.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Lift the No-Paper Actuator to actuate the No-Paper
Photo Sensor on the Feed PCB.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the No-Paper Actuator was lifted?
29. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Sizing PCB to make sure that it is problem has been fixed.
correctly connected and not damaged. v 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 1)
v Feed PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
v Feed Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 96


MAP 012: (Aux/Env) Empty
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Aux or Envelope Tray has no paper. Aux Tray Asm 45%
Env Tray Asm 45%
MCU PCB 5%
Interface PCB 2%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%
Harness (J45 - J451) 1%
Env Connector - Female 1%

Table 17. Map 012: (Aux/Env) Empty


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. There are two reasons to be at this map. Yes, the Tray Empty error No, the Tray Empty error never
a. The MCU PCB does not detect the empty tray. always appears. Go to step 2. appears. This will cause a 221
b. The MCU PCB incorrectly detects an empty tray. Paper Jam when there is no
paper in the tray. Go to step 2.
Is the MCU PCB always detecting a Tray Empty
condition?
2. Is the Tray Empty problem with the Aux Tray? Yes, the error is with the Aux No, the error is with the
Tray. Go to step 3 on page 98. Envelope Tray. Go to step 7 on
page 99.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 97


Table 17. Map 012: (Aux/Env) Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Aux Tray No-Paper Sensor Actuator: Go to step 4. Repair/replace the Aux Tray
a. Power off the printer. No-Paper Sensor Actuator.
b. Check the Aux Tray No-Paper Sensor Actuator and
ensure that it is not damaged and working correctly.
c. Clean the Aux Tray No-Paper Sensor.
Is the Aux Tray No-Paper Sensor Actuator intact
and working correctly?
4. Check the Aux Tray No-Paper Sensor: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 5.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Remove the paper from the Aux Tray. problem has been fixed.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on v Aux Tray Asm
page 284). v MCU PCB
d. Actuate the Aux Tray No-Paper Photo Sensor.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Aux Tray No-Paper Sensor was actuated?
5. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 6 on page 99. Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 98


Table 17. Map 012: (Aux/Env) Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Harness (J45 - J4511): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J45
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J451).
b. Check the Harness (J45 - J451) from the Interface replacement, check to see if the
PCB to the Aux Tray No-Paper Photo Sensor to problem has been fixed.
make sure that it is correctly connected and not v Aux Tray Asm
damaged. v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly v Interface PCB
connected?
7. Is there an Envelope Tray attached to this printer? Go to step 8. Replace the MCU PCB.

8. Check the Env No-Paper Actuator: Go to step 9. Repair/replace the Env


a. Check the Env No-Paper Actuator and ensure that it No-Paper Actuator.
is not damaged and working correctly.
b. Clean the Env No-Paper Sensor.
Is the Env No-Paper Actuator intact and working
correctly?

9. Check the Env No-Paper Sensor: Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 10 on page 100.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the paper from the Env Tray.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the Env No-Paper Photo Sensor.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Env No-Paper Sensor was actuated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 99


Table 17. Map 012: (Aux/Env) Empty (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
10. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 11. Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
11. Check the Env Connector -Female: Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Env
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Connector - Female.
2. Check the Env Connector -Female to make sure replacement, check to see if the
that it is correctly connected and not damaged from problem has been fixed.
the Interface PCB. v Env Tray Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the connector in good condition?
v Interface PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 100


MAP 015: Tray x Low
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a tray is low on paper. Printing is still 550-Sheet Tray Asm 45%
possible.
Paper Low Photo Sensor 20%
Option Paper Drawer 15%
Feed Asm 10%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 5%
MCU PCB 3%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%
Harness (J66 - J661, J662) 1%

Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Verify the error: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Reload the specified tray with the correct size
paper.
c. Make sure the paper size guides are against the
paper.
d. Close the tray.
e. Power on the printer.
Do you still have error code 015?
2. Does error code 015 specify tray 1? Go to step 18 on page 106. Go to step 3 on page 102.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 101


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Does error code 015 specify tray 2? Go to step 4. Go to step 12 on page 104.

4. Is there an Option Paper Drawer installed? Go to step 5. Replace the MCU PCB.

5. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 6. Go to step 8.

6. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Switch the Tray 2 and Tray 3 Go to step 7.
a. Power off the printer. drawers back.
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2 Go to step 11 on page 104.
becomes Tray 3.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 015 specify Tray 2?
7. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 3): Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Replace the Option Paper
a. Power off the printer. Asm (in Tray 2). Drawer (currently Tray 3).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms between Tray 3
and Tray 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 015 specify Tray 2?
8. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Go to step 9 on page 103. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Power off the printer. Asm (in Tray 1).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms between Tray 2
and Tray 1.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 015 specify Tray 2?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 102


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
9. Check the Option Paper Drawer Paper Low Photo Go to step 10. Repair/replace the Option Paper
Sensor Actuator (Tray 2): Drawer Low Paper Sensor
a. Power off the printer. Actuator.
b. Check the Option Paper Drawer Low Paper Sensor
Actuator and ensure that it is not damaged and
working correctly.
c. Clean the Option Paper Drawer Low Paper Sensor.
Is the Option Paper Drawer Low Paper Sensor
Actuator intact and working correctly?
10. Check the Option Paper Drawer Paper Low Photo Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 11 on page 104.
Sensor (Tray 2):
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from the Option
Paper Drawer (Tray 2).
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the Paper Low Photo Sensor in the Option
Paper Drawer (Tray 2).
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Low Paper Sensor was actuated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 103


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
11. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2)
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v MCU PCB

12. Is there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 13. Replace the MCU PCB.

13. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Go to step 15 on page 105. Go to step 14.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 3
becomes Tray 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 015 specify Tray 3?
14. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Replace the Option Paper
a. Power off the printer. Asm (in Tray 3). Drawer (currently Tray 2).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms between Tray 2
and Tray 3.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 015 specify Tray 3?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 104


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
15. Check the Option Paper Drawer Paper Low Photo Go to step 16. Repair/replace the Option Paper
Sensor Actuator (Tray 3): Drawer Low Paper Sensor
a. Power off the printer. Actuator.
b. Check the Option Paper Drawer Low Paper Sensor
Actuator and ensure that it is not damaged and
working correctly.
c. Clean the Option Paper Drawer Low Paper Sensor.
Is the Option Paper Drawer Low Paper Sensor
Actuator intact and working correctly?
16. Check the Option Paper Drawer Paper Low Photo Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 17 on page 106.
Sensor (Tray 3):
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from the Option
Paper Drawer (Tray 3).
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the Paper Low Photo Sensor in the Option
Paper Drawer (Tray 3).
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Low Paper Sensor was actuated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 105


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
17. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
18. Check the Feed Asm Paper Low Photo Sensor Go to step 19. Repair/replace the Feed Asm
Actuator: Low Paper Sensor Actuator.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Check the Feed Asm Low Paper Sensor Actuator
and ensure that it is not damaged and working
correctly.
c. Clean the Feed Asm Low Paper Sensor.
Is the Feed Asm Low Paper Sensor Actuator intact
and working correctly?
19. Check the Feed Asm Paper Low Photo Sensor (Tray 1): Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 20 on page 107.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm from Tray 1.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the Paper Low Photo Sensor in the Feed
Asm (Tray 1) by lifting the Feed Asm Low Paper
Sensor Actuator.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Low Paper Sensor was actuated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 106


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
20. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Go to step 21. Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
21. Is there an Option Paper Drawer installed? Go to step 23. Go to step 22.

22. Check the Harness (J66 - J661, J662): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J66
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J661, J662).
b. Check the Harness (J66 - J661, J662) from the Low replacement, check to see if the
Paper Photo Sensor to the Feed PCB to make sure problem has been fixed.
that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Paper Low Photo Sensor
v 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 1)
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
v Feed Asm
23. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 1): Go to step 24 on page 108. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Power off the printer. Asm (in Tray 2).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms between Tray 1
and Tray 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 015 specify Tray 1?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 107


Table 18. Map 015: Tray x Low (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
24. Check the Harness (J66 - J661, J662): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J66
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J661, J662).
2. Check the Harness (J66 - J661, J662) from the Low replacement, check to see if the
Paper Photo Sensor to the Feed PCB to make sure problem has been fixed.
that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Paper Low Photo Sensor
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v MCU PCB
v Feed Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 108


MAP 016: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the menu is set for autosense, but the 550-Sheet Tray Asm 80%
paper guides are not in an autosense position.
Paper Size Sensor Asm 17%
MCU PCB 2%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 19. Map 016: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. This error is usually caused by the 550-Sheet Tray Asm Go to step 2. Reinsert the tray or replace the
inserted skewed. 550-Sheet Tray Asm
Is the 550-Sheet Tray Asm inserted correctly?
2. This error can also be caused by incorrect settings in Go to step 3 on page 110. Repair/replace the following,
the printer menu. one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the
Is the TRAnSIZ item in the Paper Menu set to problem has been fixed.
AUTO?
v Controller PCB
v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 109


Table 19. Map 016: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm Guides: Go to step 4. Repair/replace 550-Sheet Tray
a. Remove the tray with the error. Asm.
b. Verify correct operation of the paper guides.
c. Set the paper guides to an autosensed position.
Note: Select AUTO for the following paper sizes:
LETTER, LEGAL, FOLIO, A4, B5-JIS, A5, or EXEC.
For other paper sizes, select that size in the Paper
Menu.
Is the 550-Sheet Tray Asm working correctly?
4. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 110


MAP 017: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected an error with the paper size 550-Sheet Tray Asm 80%
auto-sensing circuit.
Paper Size Sensor Asm 17%
MCU PCB 2%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 20. Map 017: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Theoretically, this error should never occur. Continue Go to step 2. Repair/replace the following,
with the following map steps, but also consider calling one at a time. After each
your next level of support. replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
Is the TRAnSIZ item in the Paper Menu set to
v Controller PCB
AUTO?
v MCU PCB
2. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm Guides: Go to step 3 on page 112. Repair/replace 550-Sheet Tray
a. Remove the tray with the error. Asm.
b. Verify correct operation of the paper guides.
c. Set the paper guides to an autosensed position.
Note: Select AUTO for the following paper sizes:
LETTER, LEGAL, FOLIO, A4, B5-JIS, A5, or EXEC.
For other paper sizes, select that size in the Paper
Menu.
Is the 550-Sheet Tray Asm working correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 111


Table 20. Map 017: Adjust Guides For Paper Size Or Set Size In Menu (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 112


MAP 031: Unload Paper From Main Output Bin
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Main Output Bin is full of paper. Full Stack Photo Sensor 60%
MCU PCB 35%
Harness (J31 - J311) 5%
MCU Logic did not detect that the Main Output Bin is full of Full Stack Photo Sensor 60%
paper.
MCU PCB 35%
Harness (J31 - J311) 5%

Table 21. Map 031: Unload Paper From Main Output Bin
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. There are two reasons to be at this map. Yes, the Full Stack error always No, the Full Stack error never
a. The MCU PCB did not detect Full Stack. appears. Go to step 2 on appears. This will cause a 272
b. The MCU PCB always detects Full Stack. page 114. Paper Jam. Go to step 2 on
page 114.
Note: If the Offset Output Bin is not installed, the
printer can print 107 pages to the main output bin after
the Full Stack Photo Sensor stops toggling. If the Offset
Output Bin is installed, the printer can print 7 pages
after the Full Stack Photo Sensor stops toggling.
Is the MCU PCB always detecting a Full Stack
condition?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 113


Table 21. Map 031: Unload Paper From Main Output Bin (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Full Stack Photo Sensor Actuator: Go to step 3. Repair/replace the Full Stack
a. Power off the printer. Actuator.
b. Check the Full Stack Sensor Actuator and ensure
that it is not damaged and working correctly.
c. Clean the Full Stack Sensor.
Is the Full Stack Sensor Actuator intact and working
correctly?
3. Check the Full Stack Photo Sensor: Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 4.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Remove the paper from the Main Output Bin.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the Full Stack Photo Sensor by lifting the
Full Stack Actuator.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Full Stack Photo Sensor was actuated?
4. Check the Harness (J31 - J311): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J31
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J311).
2. Check the Harness (J31 - J311) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Full Stack Photo Sensor to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Full Stack Photo Sensor
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 114


MAP 035: Unload Paper From Offset Bin
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Offset Bin is full of paper. Offset Asm 60%
MCU PCB 35%
Harness (J35 - J351) 5%
MCU Logic did not detect that the Offset Bin is full of paper. Offset Asm 60%
MCU PCB 35%
Harness (J35 - J351) 5%

Table 22. Map 035: Unload Paper From Offset Bin


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. There are two reasons to be at this map. Yes, the Full Stack error always No, the Full Stack error never
a. The MCU PCB did not detect Full Stack. appears. Go to step 2. appears. This will cause a 272
b. The MCU PCB always detects Full Stack. Paper Jam. Go to step 2.

Is the MCU PCB always detecting a Full Stack


condition?
2. Check the Harness (J35 - J351): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J35
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J351).
2. Check the Harness (J35 - J351) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Offset Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 115


MAP 041: Install Tray 1
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that Tray 1 is missing. 550-Sheet Tray Asm 60%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 30%
MCU PCB 5%
Feed Asm 3%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%
Harness (J66 - J661, J662) 1%

Table 23. Map 041: Install Tray 1


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
c. Check the paper-lift mechanism for damage or wear.
Make sure to check the copper tray connector
contacts located on the left side of the tray asm,
and their matching contacts inside the tray opening.
d. Install the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
e. Power on the printer.
Do you still have error code 041?

2. Is there an Option Paper Drawer installed on this Go to step 3 on page 117. Go to step 4 on page 117.
printer?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 116


Table 23. Map 041: Install Tray 1 (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 1): Go to step 4. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asm between Tray 1 and Asm Asm (Tray 2).
Tray 2.
Do you still have a “041 Tray Missing - Tray 1”
error?
4. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Go to step 5. Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it
is correctly connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
5. Check the Harness (J66 - J661, J662): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J66
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J661, J662).
2. Check the Harness (J66 - J661, J662) from the Lift replacement, check to see if the
Control Photo Sensor to the Feed PCB to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Lift Control Photo Sensor
v Feed PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
v 550-Sheet Tray Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 117


MAP 042: Install Tray 2
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that Tray 2 is missing. 550-Sheet Tray Asm 60%
Option Paper Drawer 30%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 5%
MCU PCB 4%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 24. Map 042: Install Tray 2


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Remove the Tray 2 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
c. Check the tray for damage and wear.
d. Install the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
e. Power on the printer.
Do you still have error code 042?

2. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Go to step 3 on page 119. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Power off the printer. Asm Asm (Tray 1).
b. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asm between Tray 2 and
Tray 1.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a “042 Tray Missing - Tray 2”
error?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 118


Table 24. Map 042: Install Tray 2 (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Are there two Option Paper Drawers installed? Go to step 4. Go to step 6.

4. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Go to step 5. Replace the Option Paper
a. Power off the printer. Drawer (Tray 3).
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2
becomes Tray 3.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a “042 Tray Missing - Tray 2”
error?
5. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
6. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2)
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 119


MAP 043: Install Tray 3
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that Tray 3 is missing. 550-Sheet Tray Asm 60%
Option Paper Drawer 30%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 5%
MCU PCB 4%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 25. Map 043: Install Tray 3


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 3): Go to step 2 on page 121. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
c. Check for damage or wear.
d. Install the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
e. Power on the printer.
Do you still have error code 043?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 120


Table 25. Map 043: Install Tray 3 (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 3): Go to step 3. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Power off the printer. Asm Asm currently in Tray 2.
b. Switch the Tray 2 and Tray 3 550-Sheet Tray Asm
so that the Tray 2 550-Sheet Tray Asm becomes the
Tray 3 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a “043 Tray Missing - Tray 3”
error?
3. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Go to step 4. Replace the Option Paper
a. Power off the printer. Drawer (Tray 2).
b. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 3
becomes Tray 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a “043 Tray Missing - Tray 3”
error?
4. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 121


MAP 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Face-up Output Bin is open when Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor 80%
trying to print duplex.
MCU PCB 15%
Harness (J34 - J341) (see “Harness (J34-P341)” on 4%
page 403)
Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin), Rear Cover 1%
Asm (Without Face-Up Bin)

Table 26. Map 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is there a duplex unit installed on this printer? Go to step 2. Replace the MCU PCB.

2. Is the customer trying to print a duplex job with the The printer cannot print duplex Go to step 3.
Face-up Output Bin open? with the Face-up Output Bin
open. Close the Face-up Output
Bin to print duplex.
3. Is the customer trying to print with the Face-up The print job might be duplex, Go to step 4 on page 123.
Output Bin open? which would generate this error.
Check the customer’s drivers
and printer settings.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 122


Table 26. Map 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. Check the Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor Actuator: Go to step 5. Repair/replace the Duplex
a. Power off the printer. Face-up Photo Sensor Actuator.
b. Check the Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor Actuator
and ensure that it is not damaged and working
correctly.
c. Clean the Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor.
Is the Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor Actuator intact
and working correctly?
5. Check the Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor: Go to step 6. Go to step 7 on page 124.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Open the Rear Cover.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Actuate the Face Up Photo Sensor by blocking the
sensor with a piece of paper.
Does the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Face Up Photo Sensor is blocked?
6. Check the Rear Cover: Replace the MCU PCB. Replace the Rear Cover.
a. Check the Rear Cover to ensure that the Face Up
Tab on the Rear Cover that activates the Face Up
Photo Sensor is intact and working correctly.
Is the Rear Cover in good condition?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 123


Table 26. Map 049: Close Face-up Output Bin When Duplexing (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
7. Check the Harness (J34 - J341): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J34
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J341).
2. Check the Harness (J34 - J341) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Duplex Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 124


MAP 074: Close Front Cover
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Front Cover is open. Front Cover Interlock Switch 80%
MCU PCB 10%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 3%
Harness (J28 - J281) 1%
Front Cover Asm 1%

Table 27. Map 074: Close Front Cover


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the Front Cover Interlock Switch: Go to step 2 on page 126. The Front Cover Asm is not
a. Power on the printer. activating the Front Cover
b. Open the Front Cover. Interlock Switch. Replace the
Front Cover Asm if the stand-off
c. Manually activate the Front Cover Interlock Switch. on the Front Cover Asm that
d. Ensure that the metal actuator on the switch is actuates the Front Cover
intact, not deformed and working correctly. Interlock Switch is broken.
Does error code 074 occur with the Front Cover
Interlock Switch activated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 125


Table 27. Map 074: Close Front Cover (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Front Cover Interlock Switch: Reconnect P/J284. Go to step 3 Replace the Front Cover
a. Power off the printer. on page 127. Interlock Switch.
b. Disconnect P/J 284 from the LVPS.
c. Check the continuity of the Front Cover Interlock
Switch on harness J284 from pin 1 to pin 2:
v The switch should have continuity when
activated.
v The switch should not have continuity when not
activated.
Does the Front Cover Interlock Switch have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 126


Table 27. Map 074: Close Front Cover (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the 24 V DC on the LVPS: Go to step 4 on page 128. Replace the LVPS 120V, LVPS
230V.

DANGER
<1-10> Hazardous voltages are present. Do not
touch the pins or the sockets of the power
receptacle. Do not attempt to measure voltages
or make any other checks at the power
receptacle, the power cord, or the power supply
input before you perform the Power-Receptacle
Safety-Check. Make these checks only if you are
a qualified service representative or a qualified
electrician. Inform the customer if the voltages or
other checks are not within the correct operating
range. Do not continue until the customer has
fixed the problem.

a. Reconnect P/J284 on the LVPS.


b. Power on the printer.
c. Measure the following voltage:
PJ284-2 to frame ground: 24 V DC
Is there 24 V DC between PJ284-2 and frame
ground?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 127


Table 27. Map 074: Close Front Cover (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. Check the Harness (J28 - J281): Repair/replace the following: Repair/replace the Harness (J28
1. Power off the printer. v MCU PCB - J281).
2. Check the Harness (J28 - J281) from the MCU PCB v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
to the LVPS to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 128


MAP 075: Close Rear Cover
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Rear Cover is open. Rear Cover Interlock Switch 90%
MCU PCB 7%
Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin) Rear Cover Asm 3%
(Without Face-Up Bin)

Table 28. Map 075: Close Rear Cover


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the Rear Cover Interlock Switch: Go to step 2 on page 130. The Rear Cover is not activating
a. Power on the printer. the Rear Cover Interlock Switch.
b. Open the Rear Cover. Replace the Rear Cover Asm
(With Face-Up Bin), Rear Cover
c. Manually activate the Rear Cover Interlock Switch. Asm (Without Face-Up Bin) if
d. Ensure that the metal actuator on the switch is the stand-off on the Rear Cover
intact, not deformed and working correctly. that actuates the Rear Cover
Interlock Switch is broken.
Does error code 075 occur when the Rear Cover
Interlock Switch activated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 129


Table 28. Map 075: Close Rear Cover (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Rear Cover Interlock Switch: Replace the MCU PCB. Replace the Rear Cover
1. Power off the printer. Interlock Switch.
2. Disconnect P/J30 from the MCU PCB.
3. Check the continuity of the Rear Cover Interlock
Switch on Harness J30 from pin 1 to pin 2:
v The switch should have continuity when
activated.
v The switch should not have continuity when not
activated (the cover is open).
Is the Rear Cover Interlock Switch operating
correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 130


MAP 200: Wrong Paper Size - Duplex
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that the paper traveling through the MCU PCB 50%
duplex unit is the wrong size
Duplex Asm 50%

Table 29. Map 200: Wrong Paper Size - Duplex


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Does the printer have a duplex unit installed? Go to step 2. Replace the MCU PCB.

2. Check the paper: Repair/replace the following, Replace the paper with a correct
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each size of paper or stop printing
2. Remove all paper from the printer. replacement, check to see if the duplex.
problem has been fixed.
3. Verify all paper is within the specification for duplex
printing. See the Infoprint 21 User’s Guide for paper v Duplex Asm
specifications. v MCU PCB

Is the paper within the specification for duplex


printing?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 131


MAP 201: Wrong Paper Size - Tray
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the tray does not contain the paper size 550-Sheet Tray Asm 80%
specified in the Paper Menu.
Paper Size Sensor Asm 17%
MCU PCB 2%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%

Table 30. Map 201: Wrong Paper Size - Tray


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. This error is usually caused by incorrect settings in the Go to step 2. Set the menu for the correct
printer menu. paper size, or use autosense. If
the problem persists, go to step
Is the paper size in the printer menu set for 2.
″autosense″?
2. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm Guides: Go to step 3 on page 133. Repair/replace 550-Sheet Tray
a. Remove the tray with the error. Asm.
b. Verify correct operation of the paper guides.
c. Set the paper guides to an autosensed position.
Note: Select AUTO for the following paper sizes:
LETTER, LEGAL, FOLIO, A4, B5-JIS, A5, or EXEC.
For other paper sizes, select that size in the Paper
Menu.
Is the 550-Sheet Tray Asm working correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 132


Table 30. Map 201: Wrong Paper Size - Tray (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
2. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Paper Size Sensor Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 133


MAP 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Registration Sensor was activated Registration Sensor 15%
too soon after the Feed Clutch was activated.
Feed Roll Clutch 10%
Registration Actuator 8%
550-Sheet Tray Asm 8%
Option Paper Drawer 8%
Paper Handling Asm 8%
Feed Asm 7%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 5%
Main Motor 5%
Gear Drive Asm 5%
Pick Clutch - Electric 5%
Feed PCB 3%
MCU PCB 3%
Paper Size PCB 3%
Interface PCB 3%
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) 1%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%
Harness (J51 - J511) 1%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 134


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper to
b. Run Service Pages from all trays, including the Aux determine if it is within
tray. See “Printing the Service Page” on page 295. specifications.

Does error code 220 occur from all trays?


2. Does error code 220 occur with all inputs? Go to step 3. Go to step 11 on page 139.

3. Check the paper path: Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the


a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from all trays to the correctly.
Registration Sensor for blockage. Especially check
between the Center Registration Chute and Lower
Registration Chute in the Paper handling Asm.
c. Replace any damaged component.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?
4. Check the Registration Sensor Actuator: Go to step 5 on page 136. Repair/replace the Registration
a. Power off the printer. Sensor Actuator.
b. Check the Registration Sensor Actuator and ensure
that it is not damaged and working correctly.
c. Clean the Registration Sensor.
Is the Registration Sensor Actuator intact and
working correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 135


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Check the Registration Sensor: Go to step 8 on page 137. Go to step 6.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Open the Front Cover.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Move the Registration Actuator to activate the
Registration Sensor.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Registration Sensor was actuated?
6. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 7. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?
7. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
b. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Sensor to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Sensor
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 136


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
8. Check the Main Motor: Go to step 42 on page 146. Go to step 9 on page 138.
a. Open the Front Cover.
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
c. Close the Front Cover.
d. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
e. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Do all gears rotate correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 137


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
9. Check the Main Motor: Go to step 10 on page 139. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the
b. Remove the Main Motor, leaving the Harness (J29 -
problem has been fixed.
J291) attached to the MCU PCB.
v Main Motor
v MCU PCB

DANGER
<1-10> Hazardous voltages are present. Do
not touch the pins or the sockets of the power
receptacle. Do not attempt to measure
voltages or make any other checks at the
power receptacle, the power cord, or the
power supply input before you perform the
Power-Receptacle Safety-Check. Make these
checks only if you are a qualified service
representative or a qualified electrician.
Inform the customer if the voltages or other
checks are not within the correct operating
range. Do not continue until the customer has
fixed the problem.

c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”


on page 280.)
d. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Main Motor rotate correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 138


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
10. Check the Gear Drive: Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Asm.
b. Check for damage by manually rotating the Main replacement, check to see if the
Motor and watching the Gear Drive Asm. problem has been fixed.
v MCU PCB
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly? v Paper Handling Asm
11. Does error code 220 occur with the Aux Tray? Go to step 12. Go to step 15 on page 140.

12. Check the paper path: Go to step 13. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path between the Aux Tray input original customer job prints
and the Registration Sensor. correctly.
b. Replace any damaged component.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295).
Does error code 220 occur?
13. Check the Aux Pick Up Solenoid: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 14 on page 140.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Run Diagnostic 1260 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v Aux Tray
v MCU PCB
Did the Aux Pick Up Solenoid make a ‘click’ sound
when this diagnostic was run?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 139


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
14. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Aux Tray Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB
v Paper Handling Asm
15. Does error code 220 occur with the Env Tray? If no Go to step 16. Go to step 20 on page 141.
Env Tray is installed on this machine answer no.
16. Check the paper path: Go to step 17. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path between the Envelope original customer job prints
Feeder and the Registration Sensor. correctly.
b. Replace any damaged component.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?
17. Replace the Env Tray Asm: Replace the Env Tray Asm. Go Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Env Tray Asm. to step 18 on page 141. original customer job prints
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output correctly.
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295).
Does error code 220 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 140


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
18. Check the Env Connector -Female: Go to step 19. Repair/replace the Env
a. Check the Env Connector -Female to make sure Connector - Female.
that it is correctly connected and not damaged from
the Interface PCB.
Is the connector in good condition?
19. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Env Tray Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Interface PCB
v Paper Handling Asm
20. Does the printer have an Option Paper Drawer Go to step 25 on page 142. Go to step 21.
installed (Tray 2)?
21. The error only occurs with Tray 1. Check the paper Go to step 22 on page 142. Problem solved. Verify the
path: original customer job prints
a. Check the paper path between the 550-Sheet Tray correctly.
Asm (Tray 1) and the Registration Sensor.
b. Replace any damaged component.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 141


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
22. Check the Pick Clutch: Go to step 24. Go to step 23.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Run Diagnostic 1200 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Pick Clutch make a ‘click’ sound when
this diagnostic is run?
23. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Feed Asm
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v MCU PCB

24. Check the Feed Clutch: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 23.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Run Diagnostic 1250 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v Feed Asm
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Does the Feed Clutch make a ‘click’ sound when
this diagnostic is run? v 550-Sheet Tray Asm
v Paper Handling Asm
v MCU PCB

25. Does the printer have two Option Paper Drawers Go to step 34 on page 144. Go to step 26.
installed (Tray 2 and Tray 3)?
26. Does error code 220 occur with Tray 2? Go to step 27 on page 143. Go to step 21 on page 141.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 142


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
27. Does error code 220 also occur with Tray 1? Go to step 28. Go to step 30.

28. Check the paper path: Go to step 29. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path between the 550-Sheet Tray original customer job prints
Asm (Tray 2) and the Registration Sensor. correctly.
b. Replace any damaged component.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?
29. Check the Feed Clutch for the Feed Asm: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 23 on page 142.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Run Diagnostic 1250 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v Feed Asm
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Does the Feed Asm Feed Clutch make a ‘click’
sound when this diagnostic is run? v MCU PCB
v Paper Handling Asm
30. The error only occurs with Tray 2. Check the paper Go to step 31 on page 144. Problem solved. Verify the
path: original customer job prints
a. Check the paper path between the 550-Sheet Tray correctly.
Asm (Tray 2) and the Registration Sensor.
b. Replace any damaged component.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 143


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
31. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Go to step 32. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms between Tray 2 Asm (in Tray 1).
and Tray 1.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?
32. Replace the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Install the original Option Paper Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. Drawer. Go to step 33. original customer job prints
b. Replace the Option Paper Drawer. correctly.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur?
33. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v MCU PCB
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
34. Does error code 220 occur with Tray 3? Go to step 35. Go to step 38 on page 145.

35. Does error code 221 also occur with Tray 2 or Tray Go to step 39 on page 145. Go to step 36 on page 145.
1?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 144


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
36. The error only occurs with Tray 3. Check the 550-Sheet Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Go to step 37.
Tray Asm (Tray 3): Asm (in Tray 2).
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms between Tray 3
and Tray 2.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur with Tray 2?
37. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Replace the Option Paper Go to step 33 on page 144.
a. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 3 Drawer (in Tray 2).
becomes Tray 2.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur with Tray 2?
38. Does error code 220 occur with Tray 2? Go to step 39. Go to step 21 on page 141.

39. Does error code 220 also occur with Tray 1? Go to step 28 on page 143. Go to step 40.

40. The error occurs with Tray 2. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Go to step 41 on page 146.
Asm (Tray 2): Asm (in Tray 3).
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms so that Tray 2
becomes Tray 3.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 3 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur with Tray 3?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 145


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
41. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Replace the Option Paper Go to step 23 on page 142.
a. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2 Drawer (in Tray 3).
becomes Tray 3.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 3 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 220 occur with Tray 3?
42. Check the Registration Clutch: Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 43.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
c. Run Diagnostic 1280 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Registration Clutch make a ‘click’ sound
when this diagnostic is run?
43. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 44 on page 147. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 146


Table 31. Map 220: Paper Jam - Early Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
44. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
2. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Clutch to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Clutch - Electric
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 147


MAP 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Registration Sensor was activated Registration Sensor 15%
too late after the Feed Clutch was activated.
Feed Roll Clutch 10%
Registration Actuator 7%
550-Sheet Tray Asm 7%
Aux Tray Asm 7%
Option Paper Drawer 7%
Paper Handling Asm 7%
Feed Asm 6%
Paper Size Sensor Asm 4%
Main Motor 4%
Gear Drive Asm 4%
Pick Clutch - Electric 4%
Feed PCB 3%
MCU PCB 3%
Paper Size PCB 3%
Interface PCB 2%
Aux Drive Gear 1%
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) 1%
Harness (J33 - J331) 1%
Harness (J51 - J511) 1%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 148


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the No Paper Sensor: The No-Paper Photo Sensor is Go to step 2.
a. Remove all paper from the printer. not working correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from all trays including the Aux v If error code 221 occurred
Tray (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295). from Tray 1, Tray 2, or Tray
After each page, power off the printer and re-enter 3, go to “MAP 011: Tray x
Service Mode. Empty” on page 89.
You should get error code 011 when you print from v If error code 221 occurred
Tray 1, Tray 2, or Tray 3. You should get error code from the Aux tray or the
012 when you print from the Aux Tray or the Envelope Feeder, go to “MAP
Envelope Feeder. 012: (Aux/Env) Empty” on
page 97.
Does error code 221 occur when printing from any
tray?

2. Check the paper: Go to step 3 on page 150. Go to step 11 on page 153.


a. Reload all paper trays including the Aux Tray with
fresh, dry paper.
b. Print a Service Page from all trays, including the
Aux Tray. See “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295).
If you get error code 221 from any tray, power off
the printer, clear any paper jams, and re-enter
Service Mode to print from the next tray.
Does error code 221 occur from all trays?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 149


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the paper path: Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path from all trays to the original customer job prints
Registration Sensor for blockage or damaged parts. correctly.
Especially check between the Center Registration
Chute and Lower Registration Chute in the Paper
Handling Asm.
b. Replace any damaged part.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur?
4. Check the Registration Sensor Actuator: Go to step 5. Repair/replace the Registration
a. Check the Registration Sensor Actuator and ensure Sensor Actuator.
that it is not damaged and working correctly.
b. Clean the Registration Sensor.
Is the Registration Sensor Actuator intact and
working correctly?
5. Check the Registration Sensor: Go to step 8 on page 151. Go to step 6 on page 151.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Open the Front Cover.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Move the Registration Actuator to activate the
Registration Sensor.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Registration Sensor was actuated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 150


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 7. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?
7. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
b. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Sensor to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Sensor
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB

8. Check the Main Motor: Go to step 41 on page 160. Go to step 9 on page 152.
a. Open the Front Cover.
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
c. Close the Front Cover.
d. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
e. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Do all gears rotate correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 151


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
9. Check the Main Motor: Go to step 10 on page 153. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the
b. Remove the Main Motor, leaving the Harness (J29 -
problem has been fixed.
J291) attached to the MCU PCB.
v Main Motor
v MCU PCB

DANGER
<1-10> Hazardous voltages are present. Do
not touch the pins or the sockets of the power
receptacle. Do not attempt to measure
voltages or make any other checks at the
power receptacle, the power cord, or the
power supply input before you perform the
Power-Receptacle Safety-Check. Make these
checks only if you are a qualified service
representative or a qualified electrician.
Inform the customer if the voltages or other
checks are not within the correct operating
range. Do not continue until the customer has
fixed the problem.

c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”


on page 280.)
d. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Main Motor rotate correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 152


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
10. Check the Gear Drive: Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Asm.
b. Check for damage by manually rotating the Main replacement, check to see if the
Motor and watching the Gear Drive Asm. problem has been fixed.
v MCU PCB
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly? v Paper Handling Asm
11. Does error code 221 occur from the Aux Tray? Go to step 12. Go to step 15 on page 154.

12. Check the paper path: Go to step 13. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path between the Aux Tray input correctly.
and the Registration Sensor for foreign material or
damaged parts.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from the Aux Tray to the Main
Output Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295).
Does error code 221 occur?
13. Check the Aux Pick Up Solenoid: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 14 on page 154.
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” replacement, check to see if the
on page 280.) problem has been fixed.
c. Run Diagnostic 1260 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on v Aux Tray Asm
page 284). v Aux Drive Gear
v Gear Drive Asm
Did the Aux Pick Up Solenoid make a ‘click’ sound
when this diagnostic was run? v MCU PCB
v Interface PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 153


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
14. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Aux Tray Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB
v Paper Handling Asm
15. Does error code 221 occur from the Env Tray? If no Go to step 16. Go to step 19 on page 155.
Env Tray is installed on this machine, answer no.
16. Check the paper path: Go to step 17. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path between the Env Tray input correctly.
and the Registration Sensor for foreign material or
damaged parts.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from the envelope feeder to
the Main Output Bin (see “Printing the Service
Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur?
17. Check the Env Connector -Female: Go to step 18 on page 155. Repair/replace the Env
a. Check the Env Connector -Female to make sure Connector - Female.
that it is correctly connected and not damaged from
the Interface PCB.
Is the connector in good condition?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 154


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
18. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Env Tray Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Interface PCB
v Paper Handling Asm
19. Does the printer have a second paper tray (Tray 2) Go to step 24 on page 156. Go to step 20.
installed?
20. The error only occurs from Tray 1. Check the paper Go to step 21 on page 156. Problem solved. Verify the
path: original customer job prints
a. Power off the printer. correctly.
b. Check the paper path between the 550-Sheet Tray
Asm (Tray 1) and the Registration Sensor for
foreign material or damaged parts.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur from Tray 1?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 155


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
21. Check the Pick Clutch: Go to step 23. Go to step 22.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
c. Run Diagnostic 1200 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Pick Clutch make a ‘click’ sound when
this diagnostic is run?
22. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Feed Asm
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v MCU PCB

23. Check the Feed Clutch: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 22.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Run Diagnostic 1250 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v Feed Asm
Note: Diagnostic 1250 actuates the feed clutches v Paper Size Sensor Asm
for all trays (Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3). Check only v 550-Sheet Tray Asm
for the Tray 1 Feed Clutch.
v Gear Drive Asm
Does the Tray 1 Feed Clutch make a ‘click’ sound v Paper Handling Asm
when this diagnostic is run? v MCU PCB
24. Does the printer have two Option Paper Drawers Go to step 32 on page 158. Go to step 25 on page 157.
installed (Tray 2 and Tray 3)?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 156


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
25. Does error code 221 occur with Tray 2? Go to step 26. Go to step 20 on page 155.

26. Does error code 221 also occur with Tray 1? Go to step 27. Go to step 29 on page 158.

27. Check the paper path: Go to step 28. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the 550-Sheet Tray Asm correctly.
(Tray 2) to the Registration Sensor for foreign
material or damaged parts.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur?
28. Check the Feed Clutch for the Feed Asm: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 22 on page 156.
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” replacement, check to see if the
on page 280.) problem has been fixed.
c. Run Diagnostic 1250 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on v Feed Asm
page 284). v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Note: Diagnostic 1250 actuates the feed clutches v MCU PCB
for all trays (Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3). Check only v Paper Handling Asm
for the Tray 2 Feed Clutch.
Does the Tray 2 Feed Asm Feed Clutch make a
‘click’ sound when this diagnostic is run?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 157


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
29. The error only occurs from Tray 2. Check the paper Go to step 30. Problem solved. Verify the
path: original customer job prints
a. Check the paper path from the 550-Sheet Tray Asm correctly.
(Tray 2) to the Registration Sensor for foreign
material or damaged parts.
b. Replace any damaged part.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur?
30. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (Tray 2): Go to step 31. Replace the 550-Sheet Tray
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms so that Tray 2 Asm (in Tray 1).
becomes Tray 1.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur?
31. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2)
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Paper Size Sensor Asm

32. Does error code 221 occur from Tray 3? Go to step 33. Go to step 36 on page 159.

33. Does error code 221 also occur from Tray 2 or Tray Go to step 37 on page 159. Go to step 34 on page 159.
1?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 158


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
34. The error only occurs from Tray 3. Check the 550-Sheet Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Go to step 35.
Tray Asm (Tray 3): Asm (in Tray 2).
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms so that Tray 3
becomes Tray 2.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur from Tray 2?
35. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 3): Replace the Option Paper Go to step 40 on page 160.
a. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 3 Drawer (in Tray 2).
becomes Tray 2.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 2 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur from Tray 2?
36. Does error code 221 occur from Tray 2? Go to step 37. Go to step 20 on page 155.

37. Does error code 221 also occur from Tray 1? Go to step 27 on page 157. Go to step 38.

38. The error occurs from Tray 2. Check the 550-Sheet Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Go to step 39 on page 160.
Tray Asm (Tray 2): Asm (in Tray 3).
a. Switch the 550-Sheet Tray Asms so that Tray 2
becomes Tray 3.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 3 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur from Tray 3?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 159


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
39. Check the Option Paper Drawer (Tray 2): Replace the Option Paper Go to step 22 on page 156.
a. Switch the Option Paper Drawers so that Tray 2 Drawer (in Tray 3).
becomes Tray 3.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 3 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 221 occur from Tray 3?
40. Check the Harness (J33 - J331): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J33
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J331).
b. Check the Harness (J33 - J331) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Paper Size Sensor Asm to make sure that it problem has been fixed.
is correctly connected and not damaged. v MCU PCB
v Paper Size Sensor Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
41. Check the Registration Clutch: Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 42 on page 161.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
c. Run Diagnostic 1280 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Registration Clutch make a ‘click’ sound
when this diagnostic is run?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 160


Table 32. Map 221: Paper Jam - Late Feed (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
42. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 43. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?
43. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
2. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Clutch to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Clutch - Electric
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 161


MAP 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that the Registration Sensor was Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 35%
activated at power on.
Registration Clutch - Electric 30%
Toner Cartridge 15%
Paper Handling Asm 6%
BTR Support Asm 6%
Gear Drive Asm 4%
MCU PCB 2%
Interface PCB 1%
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) 1%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) 1%

Table 33. Map 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit


Step Questions/Actions Yes No

1. Check the paper: Go to step 2 on page 163. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper to
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output determine if it is within
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295). specifications.

Does error code 230 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 162


Table 33. Map 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path from the Registration Sensor original customer job prints
to the Fuser Asm for fragments of paper or other correctly.
foreign material that could block the paper path.
b. Replace any damaged part.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 230 occur?
3. Check the Registration Clutch: Go to step 4. Go to step 11 on page 165.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
c. Run Diagnostic 1280 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Registration Clutch make a ‘click’ sound
when this diagnostic is run?
4. Check the Registration Sensor: Go to step 5 on page 164. Repair/replace the following,
a. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on one at a time. After each
page 284). replacement, check to see if the
b. Activate the registration sensor. problem has been fixed.
v Registration Sensor
Does the Registration Sensor work correctly? v MCU PCB
v Interface PCB
v Harness (J23 - J231)
v Harness (J43 - J432, J433)

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 163


Table 33. Map 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v: Go to step 6. The problem is solved. Verify
the original customer job prints
correctly.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to
cool before handling.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 230 occur?
6. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 7. The problem is solved. Verify
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. the original customer job prints
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output correctly.
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 230 occur?

7. Check the Gear Drive: Go to step 8 on page 165. Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. Asm.
b. Check for damage in the Gear Drive Asm. by
rotating the Main Motor.
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 164


Table 33. Map 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
8. Check the Harness (J27 - J271): Go to step 9. Repair/replace the Harness
a. Power off the printer. (J27, J11, J262-J271).
b. Check the Harness (J27 - J271) from the MCU PCB
to the Fuser Asm to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
9. Check the Paper Handling Asm: Replace the Paper Handling Go to step 10.
a. Inspect the Paper Handling Asm for damaged parts, Asm.
especially the registration rollers.
Is the Paper Handling Asm damaged?
10. Check the BTR Support Asm: Replace the BTR Support Asm. Repair/replace the following,
a. Inspect the BTR Support Asm for damaged parts, one at a time. After each
especially the Bias Transfer Roll. replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
Is the BTR Support Asm damaged? v MCU PCB
v Aux Tray Asm
v Env Tray Asm (if installed)
11. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 12 on page 166. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 165


Table 33. Map 230: Paper Jam - Late Exit (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
12. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
2. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Clutch to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Clutch - Electric
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 166


MAP 232: Paper Jam - Exit On
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Exit Sensor is activated at an Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 85%
incorrect time or while not printing.
MCU PCB 5%
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) 5%
Interface PCB 3%
Paper Handling Asm 2%

Table 34. Map 232: Paper Jam - Exit On


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the Exit Sensor: Go to step 2 on page 168. Clear the obstruction or replace
the Fuser.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to
cool before handling.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Check the paper path in the Fuser Asm for
obstructions.
c. Open the paper jam customer access area at the
back of the fuser and check the Exit Sensor.
Is the Fuser and Exit Sensor clear of obstructions?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 167


Table 34. Map 232: Paper Jam - Exit On (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Exit Sensor Actuator: Go to step 3 on page 169. Repair/replace the Fuser Asm
a. Power off the printer. 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v.
b. Manually check the Exit Sensor Actuator and ensure
that it is not damaged and working correctly.
c. Clean the Exit Sensor.
Is the Exit Sensor Actuator intact and working CAUTION:
correctly? <2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for
parts in this area to cool
before handling.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 168


Table 34. Map 232: Paper Jam - Exit On (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Exit Sensor: Repair/replace the MCU PCB Go to step 4 on page 170.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Open the Rear Cover and remove the Duplex Asm,
if it is installed.
c. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Open the paper jam customer access area at the
back of the fuser and actuate the Exit Sensor by
blocking the sensor.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer
and allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this
area to cool before handling.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Exit Sensor was blocked?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 169


Table 34. Map 232: Paper Jam - Exit On (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. Check the Harness (J27 - J271): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each (J27, J11, J262-J271).
2. Check the Harness (J27 - J271) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Fuser Asm to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v Paper Handling Asm
v MCU PCB
v Interface PCB
v Harness (J27, J11,
J262-J271)

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 170


MAP 250: Paper Jam - Duplex Early Registration
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Registration Sensor was activated Duplex Asm 95%
too early after the Duplex Sensor activation.
Paper Handling Asm 3%
MCU PCB 1%
Harness (J34 - J341) (see “Harness (J34-P341)” on 1%
page 403)

Table 35. Map 250: Paper Jam - Duplex Early Registration


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2 on page 172. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper in all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper
b. Run a test print. with the specifications. If the
paper is within specification, use
Does error code 250 occur? the customer’s paper and repeat
this step.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 171


Table 35. Map 250: Paper Jam - Duplex Early Registration (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Duplex Asm to the correctly.
Registration Sensor for fragments of paper or other
foreign material that could block the paper path.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page”
on page 295.)
Does error code 250 occur?
3. Check the Harness (J34 - J341): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J34
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J341).
2. Check the Harness (J34 - J341) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the Duplex Asm to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Duplex Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Paper Handling Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 172


MAP 253: Paper Jam - Late Duplex
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Duplex Sensor was never activated Duplex Asm 80%
after the Exit Sensor was activated.
Exit Asm 18%
MCU PCB 1%
Harness (J34 - J341) 1%

Table 36. Map 253: Paper Jam - Late Duplex


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2 on page 174. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper
Note: The optional Face-up Output Bin must be with the specifications. If the
closed for duplex printing to occur. If the Face-up paper is within specification, use
Output Bin is open during duplex printing, error the customer’s paper and repeat
code 049 should occur. this step.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page”
on page 295.)
Does error code 253 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 173


Table 36. Map 253: Paper Jam - Late Duplex (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Exit Sensor in the correctly.
Fuser Asm to the Duplex Asm for damaged parts or
fragments of paper or other foreign material that
could block the paper path.
c. Remove the Duplex Asm.
d. Check the Duplex Asm, especially near the Duplex
Paper Photo Sensor, for foreign material or
damaged parts. Make sure the Duplex Asm is
working correctly.
e. Replace any damaged part.
f. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page”
on page 295.)
Does error code 253 occur?
3. Check the Harness (J34 - P341): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J34
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - P341).
2. Check the Harness (J34 - P341) from the MCU replacement, check to see if the
PCB to the Duplex Asm to make sure that it is problem has been fixed.
correctly connected and not damaged. v Duplex Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Exit Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 174


MAP 254: Paper Jam - Duplex On
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Duplex Sensor was activated at an Duplex Asm 98%
incorrect time (for example, at power on) or was not activated
MCU PCB 1%
in the specified time after the Exit Sensor was activated.
Harness (J34 - P341) 1%

Table 37. Map 254: Paper Jam - Duplex On


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2 on page 176. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper
Note: The optional Face-up Output Bin must be with the specifications. If the
closed for duplex printing to occur. If the Face-up paper is within specification, use
Output Bin is open during duplex printing, error the customer’s paper and repeat
code 049 should occur. this step.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page”
on page 295.)
Does error code 254 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 175


Table 37. Map 254: Paper Jam - Duplex On (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Exit Sensor in the correctly.
Fuser Asm to the Duplex Asm for damaged parts
and for fragments of paper or other foreign
materials that could block the paper path.
c. Remove the Duplex Asm.
d. Check the Duplex Asm, especially in the jam
clearance customer access area, for foreign
material or damaged parts. Make sure the Duplex
Asm is working correctly.
e. Replace any damaged parts.
f. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page”
on page 295.)
Does error code 254 occur?
3. Check the Harness (J34 - P341): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J34
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - P341).
2. Check the Harness (J34 - P341) from the MCU replacement, check to see if the
PCB to the Duplex Asm to make sure that it is problem has been fixed.
correctly connected and not damaged. v Duplex Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 176


MAP 255: Paper Jam - Duplex Late Registration
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Registration Sensor was never Duplex Asm 95%
activated after the Duplex Sensor activation.
Paper Handling Asm 3%
MCU PCB 1%
Harness (J34 - P341) 1%

Table 38. Map 255: Paper Jam - Duplex Late Registration


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2 on page 178. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output with the specifications. If the
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page” paper is within specification, use
on page 295.) the customer’s paper and repeat
this step.
Does error code 255 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 177


Table 38. Map 255: Paper Jam - Duplex Late Registration (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Remove the Duplex Asm. correctly.
c. Check the paper path from the Duplex Asm to the
Registration Sensor for fragments of paper or other
foreign materials that could block the paper path.
d. Open the jam clearance customer access area in
the Duplex Asm and check for foreign material or
damaged parts.
e. Replace any damaged part.
f. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin in duplex mode (see “Printing the Service Page”
on page 295.)
Does error code 255 occur?
3. Check the Harness (J34 - P341): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J34
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - P341).
2. Check the Harness (J34 - P341) from the MCU replacement, check to see if the
PCB to the Duplex Asm to make sure that it is problem has been fixed.
correctly connected and not damaged. v Duplex Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected? v Paper Handling Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 178


MAP 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Offset Exit Sensor was never Offset Asm 90%
activated after the Exit Sensor was when printing to the
Exit Asm 5%
Offset Asm.
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 3%
MCU PCB 1%
Harness (J35 - J351) 1%

Table 39. Map 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper to
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Offset Bin determine if it is within
(see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) specifications.

Does error code 261 occur?


2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3 on page 180. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Fuser Asm to the correctly.
Offset Exit for fragments of paper or other foreign
material that could block the paper path.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Offset Bin
(see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 261 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 179


Table 39. Map 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Offset Exit Sensor Actuator: Go to step 4. Repair/replace the Offset Exit
a. Power off the printer. Sensor Actuator.
b. Check the Offset Exit Sensor Actuator and ensure
that it is not damaged and working correctly.
c. Clean the Offset Exit Sensor.
Is the Offset Exit Sensor Actuator intact and
working correctly?
4. Check the Offset Exit Sensor: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 5 on page 181.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v MCU PCB
c. Actuate the Offset Exit Sensor by lifting the Offset v Offset Asm
Exit Sensor Actuator. v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Offset Exit Sensor was blocked?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v Exit Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 180


Table 39. Map 261: Paper Jam - Late Offset (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Check the Harness (J35 - J351): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J35
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J351).
2. Check the Harness (J35 - J351) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v Offset Asm
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 181


MAP 262: Paper Jam - Offset On
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Offset Exit Sensor was activated at Offset Asm 95%
the wrong time.
MCU PCB 4%
Harness (J35 - J351) 1%

Table 40. Map 262: Paper Jam - Offset On


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper to
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Offset Bin determine if it is within
(see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) specifications.

Does error code 262 occur?


2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3 on page 183. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Fuser Asm to the correctly.
Offset Exit for fragments of paper or other foreign
material that could block the paper path.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Offset Bin
(see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 262 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 182


Table 40. Map 262: Paper Jam - Offset On (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Offset Exit Sensor Actuator: Go to step 4. Repair/replace the Offset Exit
a. Power off the printer. Sensor Actuator.
b. Check the Offset Exit Sensor Actuator and ensure
that it is not damaged and working correctly.
c. Clean the Offset Exit Sensor.
Is the Offset Exit Sensor Actuator intact and
working correctly?
4. Check the Offset Exit Sensor: Repair/replace the following, Go to step 5.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
b. Run Diagnostic 1020 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v MCU PCB
c. Actuate the Offset Exit Sensor by lifting the Offset v Offset Asm
Exit Sensor Actuator.
Did the Diagnostic display “Sensor/Switch OK”
when the Offset Exit Sensor was blocked?
5. Check the Harness (J35 - J351): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J35
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J351).
2. Check the Harness (J35 - J351) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem has been fixed.
damaged. v MCU PCB
v Offset Asm
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 183


MAP 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Exit Sensor in the Fuser Asm was Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 35%
activated but did not deactivate within the specified time. This
Registration Clutch - Electric 30%
error is the same as Error 276, but occurs from all papers
except custom or universal. Exit Motor 20%
Toner Cartridge 5%
Paper Handling Asm 2%
BTR Support Asm 2%
Gear Drive Asm 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Interface PCB 1%
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) 1%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) 1%
Exit Roll 1 1%
Exit Roll 2 1%
Exit Roll 3 1%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 184


Table 41. Map 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2. The paper supply could be the
Note: This error can be generated by a broken problem. Check the size and
full-stack sensor that causes paper to jam and block the type of the customer’s paper to
Exit Sensor in the Fuser. If the main bin is full of paper determine if it is within
when error 272 occurs, go to “MAP 031: Unload Paper specifications.
From Main Output Bin” on page 113. If the Offset Bin is
full of paper when error 272 occurs, go to “MAP 035:
Unload Paper From Offset Bin” on page 115.
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with
fresh, dry paper.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 272 occur?
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3 on page 186. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Registration Sensor correctly.
to the Exit Asm for fragments of paper or other
foreign material that could block the paper path.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 272 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 185


Table 41. Map 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Registration Clutch: Go to step 4. Go to step 10 on page 188.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Run Diagnostic 1280 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Registration Clutch work correctly (make a
‘click’ sound) when Diagnostic 1280 is run?
4. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v: Go to step 5. The problem is solved. Verify
the original customer job prints
correctly.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to
cool before handling.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 272 occur?
5. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 6 on page 187. The problem is solved. Verify
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. the original customer job prints
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output correctly.
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 272 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 186


Table 41. Map 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Gear Drive: Go to step 7. Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. Asm.
b. Open the Front Cover and remove the Toner
Cartridge.
c. Open the Rear Cover.
d. Check for damage in the Gear Drive Asm by
manually rotating the Main Motor clockwise and
watching the Gear Drive Asm.
Note: The Gear Drive Asm will not engage the
fuser gears if the front cover is open.
e. Check the gear that engages the gear on the Fuser
Asm to ensure that it is turning correctly.
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly?
7. Check the Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271): Go to step 8. Repair/replace the Harness
a. Power off the printer. (J27, J11, J262-J271).
b. Check the Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) from the
MCU PCB to the Fuser Asm to make sure that it is
correctly connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
8. Check the Paper Handling Asm: Go to step 9 on page 188. Replace the Paper Handling
a. Inspect the Paper Handling Asm for damaged parts, Asm.
especially the registration rollers.
Is the Paper Handling Asm free of damage?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 187


Table 41. Map 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
9. Check the BTR Support Asm: Replace the BTR Support Asm. Go to step 12 on page 189.
a. Remove the Bias Transfer Roll.
b. Inspect the BTR Support Asm and the Bias Transfer
Roll for damaged parts
Is the BTR Support Asm damaged?

10. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 11. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
c. Check for continuity between the following pins:
v J23-9 to J231-8
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?
11. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
b. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Sensor to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Clutch - Electric
c. Remove the Paper Handling Asm. Then Check for v MCU PCB
continuity between the following pins: v Interface PCB
v J43-2 to J433-1 v 550-Sheet Tray Asm
v J43-1 to J433-4 v Feed Asm
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 188


Table 41. Map 272: Paper Jam - Exit On (Specific) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
12. Check the Exit Rolls: Go to step 13. Replace the failing exit gear or
a. Power off the printer. exit roll.
b. Open the Rear Cover. v Exit Roll 1
c. Manually turn the exit gears to ensure the exit gears v Exit Roll 2
and rolls are working correctly. v Exit Roll 3
Are the Exit Gears and Rolls working correctly?
13. Check the Exit Motor: Replace the MCU PCB. Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
2. Ensure that the harness from the Exit Motor to replacement, check to see if the
P/J32 on the MCU PCB is correctly connected. problem has been fixed.
3. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” v Exit Motor
on page 280.) v MCU PCB
4. Run Diagnostic 1150 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Exit Motor rotate and operate correctly
when running this diagnostic?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 189


MAP 275: Paper Jam - Early Exit Off
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that the Exit Sensor in the Fuser Asm Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 60%
became deactivated too early after the paper entered the
Gear Drive Asm 24%
Fuser.
MCU PCB 15%
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) 1%

Table 42. Map 275: Paper Jam - Early Exit Off


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2. The paper supply could be the
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with problem. Check the size and
fresh, dry paper. type of the customer’s paper to
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output determine if it is within
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) specifications.

Does error code 275 occur?


2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3 on page 191. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Fuser Asm to the correctly.
Exit Asm for fragments of paper or other foreign
material that could block the paper path.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 275 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 190


Table 42. Map 275: Paper Jam - Early Exit Off (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Gear Drive: Go to step 4. Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. Asm.
b. Remove the Gear Drive Asm.
c. Check for damage by rotating the gears in the Gear
Drive Asm.
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly?
4. Check the Harness (J27 - J271): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each (J27, J11, J262-J271).
2. Check the Harness (J27 - J271) from the MCU PCB replacement, determine if the
to the Fuser Asm to make sure that it is correctly problem is fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 191


MAP 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Exit Sensor in the Fuser Asm was Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 35%
activated but did not deactivate within the specified time. This
Registration Clutch - Electric 30%
error is the same as Error 272, but occurs only with custom
or universal paper sizes. Exit Motor 20%
Toner Cartridge 5%
Paper Handling Asm 2%
BTR Support Asm 2%
Gear Drive Asm 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Interface PCB 1%
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) 1%
Harness (J23 - J231) 1%
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) 1%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 192


Table 43. Map 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: Go to step 2. The paper supply could be the
Note: This error can be generated by a broken problem. Check the size and
full-stack sensor that causes paper to jam and block the type of the customer’s paper to
Exit Sensor in the Fuser. If the main bin is full of paper determine if it is within
when error 276 occurs, go to “MAP 031: Unload Paper specifications.
From Main Output Bin” on page 113. If the Offset Bin is
full of paper when error 276 occurs, go to “MAP 035:
Unload Paper From Offset Bin” on page 115.
a. Remove the paper from all trays, and reload with
fresh, dry paper.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 276 occur?
2. Check the paper path: Go to step 3 on page 194. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Power off the printer. original customer job prints
b. Check the paper path from the Registration Sensor correctly.
to the Exit Asm for fragments of paper or other
foreign material that could block the paper path.
c. Replace any damaged part.
d. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 276 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 193


Table 43. Map 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Registration Clutch: Go to step 4. Go to step 10 on page 196.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Run Diagnostic 1280 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Does the Registration Clutch work correctly (make a
‘click’ sound) when this diagnostic is run?
4. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v: Go to step 5. The problem is solved. Verify
the original customer job prints
correctly.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to
cool before handling.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Replace the Fuser Asm.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 276 occur?
5. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 6 on page 195. The problem is solved. Verify
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. the original customer job prints
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output correctly.
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 276 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 194


Table 43. Map 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Gear Drive: Go to step 7. Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. Asm.
b. Open the Front Cover and remove the Toner
Cartridge.
c. Check for damage by manually rotating the Main
Motor clockwise and watching the Gear Drive Asm.
d. Check the gear that engages the gear on the Fuser
Asm to ensure that it is turning correctly
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly?

7. Check the Harness (J27 - J271): Go to step 8. Repair/replace the Harness


a. Power off the printer. (J27, J11, J262-J271).
b. Check the Harness (J27 - J271) from the MCU PCB
to the Fuser Asm to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
8. Check the Paper Handling Asm: Replace the Paper Handling Go to step 9.
a. Inspect the Paper Handling Asm for damaged parts, Asm.
especially the registration rollers.
Is the Paper Handling Asm damaged?
9. Check the BTR Support Asm: Replace the BTR Support Asm. Go to step 12 on page 196.
a. Remove the Bias Transfer Roll.
b. Inspect the BTR Support Asm and the Bias Transfer
Roll for damaged parts
Is the BTR Support Asm damaged?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 195


Table 43. Map 276: Paper Jam - Exit On (Universal) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
10. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 11. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?
11. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J43
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J432, J433).
b. Check the Harness (J43 - J432, J433) from the replacement, check to see if the
Interface PCB and the Registration Sensor to make problem has been fixed.
sure that it is correctly connected and not damaged. v Registration Clutch - Electric
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v Interface PCB
v 550-Sheet Tray Asm
v Feed Asm
12. Check the Exit Motor: Replace the MCU PCB. Repair/replace the following,
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” one at a time. After each
on page 280.) replacement, check to see if the
2. Run Diagnostic 1150 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on problem has been fixed.
page 284). v Exit Motor
v MCU PCB
Does the Exit Motor rotate and operate correctly
when running this diagnostic?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 196


MAP 430: Motor Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a problem with the Main Motor. Main Motor 45%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 10%
Gear Drive Asm 5%
Toner Cartridge 5%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 5%
Feed Asm 5%
Paper Handling Asm 5%
Aux Tray 5%
Env Tray Asm 5%
Option Paper Drawer 5%
MCU PCB 4%
Harness (J28 - J281) 1%

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 197


Table 44. Map 430: Motor Error
Step Questions/Actions Yes No

1. Check the Main Motor: Replace the MCU PCB. Go to step 2 on page 199.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” on
page 280.)
b. Run diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on page 284).
Note: If you get error code 430 in the Diagnostic Menu and
you are unable to run the diagnostic, go to step 2 on
page 199.

Does the Main Motor turn continuously while the diagnostic


is running?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 198


Table 44. Map 430: Motor Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No

2. Check the Main Motor: Go to step 3 on page 200. Repair/replace the following, one
at a time. After each
replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
DANGER Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
<1-10> Hazardous voltages are present. Do not touch the
pins or the sockets of the power receptacle. Do not v Main Motor
attempt to measure voltages or make any other checks v MCU PCB
at the power receptacle, the power cord, or the power
supply input before you perform the Power-Receptacle
Safety-Check. Make these checks only if you are a
qualified service representative or a qualified electrician.
Inform the customer if the voltages or other checks are
not within the correct operating range. Do not continue
until the customer has fixed the problem.

a. Power off the printer.


b. Remove the Main Motor, leaving the Harness (J29 - J291)
attached to the MCU PCB.
c. Power on the printer.
d. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” on
page 280.)
e. Run diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on page 284).
f. If you get error code 430 in the Diagnostic Menu and you
are unable to run the diagnostic, answer no to this step.
Does the Main Motor turn continuously while the diagnostic
is running?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 199


Table 44. Map 430: Motor Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No

3. Check the Gear Drive: Reinstall the Gear Drive Asm. Go Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Power off the printer. to step 4. Asm.
b. Re-install the Main Motor.
c. Remove the Envelope Tray Asm if it is installed.
d. Remove the printer from the Optional Paper Drawers (Tray
2, Tray 3) if they are installed.

CAUTION:

hcsf0241
<2-41> The printer weighs approximately 28 kg (62 lb). Use two persons
to carry the printer. Use appropriate lifting precautions.

e. Open the front cover and remove the toner cartridge.


f. Check for damage by manually rotating the Main Motor
clockwise and watching the Gear Drive Asm.
Does the Gear Drive Asm function correctly?

4. Check the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 5 on page 201. Replacing the Toner Cartridge
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. fixed the problem. Verify the
original customer job prints
b. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” on
correctly.
page 280.)
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output Bin
(see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does error code 430 recur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 200


Table 44. Map 430: Motor Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No

5. Check the Fuser Asm: Repair/replace the following, one Replacing the Fuser Asm fixed
at a time. After each the problem. Verify the original
replacement, check to see if the customer job prints correctly.
problem has been fixed.
v Feed Asm
CAUTION: v Paper Handling Asm
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and allow
v Aux Tray
at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to cool before
handling. v Env Tray Asm (if installed)
1. Power off the printer. v Option Paper Drawer (if
installed)
2. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v.
3. Power on the printer and print a Service Page from Tray 1
to the Main Output Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295.)

Does error code 430 recur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 201


MAP 451: Fan Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a problem with the Fan Motor. Fan Motor 75%
MCU PCB 10%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 10%
Harness (J28 - J281) 5%

Table 45. Map 451: Fan Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the Fan Motor: Go to step 3 on page 203. Go to step 2.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Power on the printer.
Does the Fan Motor turn at any time?

2. Check the Fan Motor Harness: Repair/replace the following, Replace the Fan Motor.
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Check the Fan Motor Harness J283 from the LVPS replacement, determine if the
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not problem is fixed.
damaged. v Fan Motor
v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 202


Table 45. Map 451: Fan Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Harness (J28 - J281): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J28
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J281).
2. Check the Harness (J28 - J281) from the MCU PCB replacement, determine if the
to the LVPS to make sure that it is correctly problem is fixed.
connected and not damaged. v Fan Motor
v MCU PCB
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity? v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 203


MAP 454: Fuser Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a problem with the Fuser Asm. Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 75%
MCU PCB 10%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 10%
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) 4%
Harness (J28 - J281) 1%

Table 46. Map 454: Fuser Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v: Go to step 2 on page 205. The problem is fixed. Verify the
original customer job prints
correctly.

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this area to
cool before handling.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v.
c. Power on the printer.
Does error code 454 occur?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 204


Table 46. Map 454: Fuser Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271): Go to step 3. Repair/replace the Harness
a. Power off the printer. (J27, J11, J262-J271)
b. Check the Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271) from the
MCU PCB to the LVPS and Fuser Connector to
make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
3. Check the Harness (J28 - J281): Repair/replace the following: Repair/replace the Harness (J28
1. Power off the printer. v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V - J281)
2. Check the Harness (J28 - J281) from the MCU PCB v MCU PCB
to the LVPS to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and does it have
continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 205


MAP 460: Offset Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Offset Direction Solenoid in the Offset Direction Solenoid (Offset Asm) 85%
Offset Asm failed.
MCU PCB 10%
Harness (J35 - J351) 5%

Table 47. Map 460: Offset Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is an Offset Asm installed on this printer? Go to step 2. Replace the MCU PCB.

2. Check the Harness (J35 - J351): Go to step 3. Repair/replace the Harness (J35
a. Power off the printer. - J351).
b. Check the Harness (J35 - J351) from the MCU PCB
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
3. Has the Offset Asm already been replaced once Replace the MCU PCB. Repair/replace the following,
because of this problem? If you are not sure, answer one at a time. After each
no. replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
v Offset Asm
v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 206


MAP 511: Laser Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a problem with the ROS Asm (Laser). ROS Asm (Laser) 70%
MCU PCB 10%
Toner Cartridge Key Sensor 10%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 5%
Harness (J21 - J211, J212, J213) 3%
Harness (J22 - J223) 2%

Table 48. Map 511: Laser Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the ROS Asm (Laser): Go to step 3 on page 208. Go to step 2 on page 208.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Run diagnostic 1110 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
c. Listen for the ROS Motor to start to rotate.
d. If you are unable to run the diagnostic, go to step 2
on page 208.
Does the ROS Motor rotate while the diagnostic is
running?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 207


Table 48. Map 511: Laser Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the ROS harnesses: Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness:
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each v Harness (J21 - J211, J212,
b. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replacement, determine if the J213)
problem is fixed by printing a v Harness (J22 - J223)
c. Check the Harness (J21 - J211, 212, 213) and Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Harness (J22 - J223) to make sure they are Main Output Bin (see “Printing
securely fastened to the ROS Asm (Laser): the Service Page” on page 295.)
d. Check the harnesses for any damage. v ROS Asm (Laser)
Are the harnesses free of damage and in good v MCU PCB
condition?
3. The problem could be a defective Toner Cartridge Key Go to step 3. Repair/replace the Harness (J25
Sensor. - J251)
a. Power off the printer.
b. Check the Harness (J25 - J251) from the MCU PCB
to the Toner Cartridge Key Sensor for any damage.
Is the harness free of damage and in good
condition?
4. Check the ROS harnesses: Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness:
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each v Harness (J21 - J211, J212,
2. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replacement, determine if the J213)
problem is fixed by printing a v Harness (J22 - J223)
3. Check the Harness (J21 - J211, 212, 213) and Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Harness (J22 - J223) to make sure they are Main Output Bin (see “Printing
securely fastened to the ROS Asm (Laser): the Service Page” on page 295.)
4. Check the harnesses for any damage. v ROS Asm (Laser)
Are the harnesses free of damage and in good v MCU PCB
condition? v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
v Toner Cartridge Key Sensor

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 208


MAP 623: Data Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a data underrun or overrun on the Controller PCB 50%
current page being processed. By pressing enter, the printer
aborts the current page and starts processing the next page. NIC 50%

Table 49. Map 623: Data Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. This error is most likely caused by the computer Repair/replace the following, The problem lies within the
sending data to the printer. Either evaluate that one at a time. After each computer sending data to the
computer by printing to other sources, change the driver replacement, check to see if the printer.
used, or contact your next level of support. problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB
Is the computer working and sending pages
correctly? v NIC

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 209


MAP 630: NVM Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected a problem with the NVRAM on the MCU PCB 100%
MCU.

Table 50. Map 630: NVM Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Go to step 2. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 630?
2. Check the NVRAM settings: Replace the MCU PCB. Enter the correct parameters. If
1. Enter the Factory Adjustments Menu (see “Factory the problem recurs, replace the
Adjust Menu” on page 288). MCU PCB.
2. Check the parameters for each value in the Factory
Adjustments.
3. If you can’t enter the Service Mode, replace the
MCU PCB.
Are all parameters set correctly? If unsure, set to
defaults and retest.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 210


MAP 631: NVRAM Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with the NVRAM on the Controller PCB 100%
Controller PCB.

Table 51. Map 631: NVRAM Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Replace the Controller PCB. The problem appears to be
1. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
2. Wait two minutes. recurs, replace the Controller
PCB.
3. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 631?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 211


MAP 650: Service Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Service Port failed. MCU PCB 95%
Service Cable 5%

Table 52. Map 650: Service Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Are you attempting to use the Service Port in Go to step 2. The Service Port is only
Service Mode? designed for use in Service
Mode. Do not use this port for
any other reason.
2. Check the Service Cable: Go to step 3. Repair/replace the Service
a. Check the connections on the Service Cable. Cable.

Is the Service Cable in good condition and correctly


connected?
3. There appears to be a hardware problem with the
Service Port. Do not replace the MCU PCB unless
other problems occur. Use the Operator Panel to
access the Service Mode.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 212


MAP 651: Boot Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with the boot file on the Compact Flash 80%
Compact Flash.
Controller PCB 20%

Table 53. Map 651: Boot Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Repair/replace the following, The problem appears to be
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each intermittent. If the problem
2. Wait two minutes. replacement, check to see if the recurs, repair/replace the
problem has been fixed. following, one at a time. After
3. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” each replacement, check to see
on page 280.) v Compact Flash
v Controller PCB if the problem has been fixed.
Do you still have an error code 651? v Compact Flash
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 213


MAP 652: Memory Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with the Memory DIMM. Memory DIMM 80%
Controller PCB 20%

Table 54. Map 652: Memory Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Repair/replace the following, The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. replacement, check to see if the recurs, repair/replace the
problem has been fixed. following, one at a time. After
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” each replacement, check to see
on page 280.) v Compact Flash
v Controller PCB if the problem has been fixed.
Do you still have an error code 652? v Compact Flash
v Controller PCB

2. Check the Memory DIMM: Go to step 3 on page 215. Repair/replace the following,
one at a time. After each
Is there more than one Memory DIMM installed in replacement, check to see if the
this printer? problem has been fixed.
v Memory DIMM
v Controller PCB.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 214


Table 54. Map 652: Memory Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Memory DIMMs: Replace the failing Memory Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. DIMM one at a time. After each
2. Remove each Memory DIMM, one at a time, to see replacement, check to see if the
if a single Memory DIMM is causing the problem. problem has been fixed.
3. After each removal, power on the printer. v Controller PCB.
v Both Memory DIMMs.
Is the problem caused by only one Memory DIMM?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 215


MAP 653: File Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with the file system on Compact Flash 80%
the Compact Flash.
Controller PCB 20%

Table 55. Map 653: File Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Repair/replace the following, The problem appears to be
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each intermittent. If the problem
2. Wait two minutes. replacement, check to see if the recurs, repair/replace the
problem has been fixed. following, one at a time. After
3. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” each replacement, check to see
on page 280.) v Compact Flash
v Controller PCB if the problem has been fixed.
Do you still have an error code 651? v Compact Flash
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 216


MAP 654: HW Error (MCU)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with MCU communication. MCU PCB 60%
Controller PCB 35%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 4%
Harness (J28 - J281) 1%

Table 56. Map 654: HW Error (MCU)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Go to step 2. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 654?
2. Check the connection: Go to step 3 on page 218. The problem appears to be a
a. Power off the printer. loose connection. If the problem
b. Check the connection between the MCU PCB and recurs, repair/replace the
the Controller PCB. Reseat this connection. following, one at a time. After
each replacement, check to see
c. Power on the printer. if the problem has been fixed.
Do you still have an error code 654? v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 217


Table 56. Map 654: HW Error (MCU) (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Harness (J28 - J281): Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the Harness (J28
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each - J281).
2. Check the Harness (J28 - J281) from the MCU PCB replacement, check to see if the
to the LVPS to make sure that it is correctly problem has been fixed.
connected and not damaged. v MCU PCB
3. Check for continuity between the following pins: v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
v PJ28-10 to PJ281-10 v Controller PCB

Is the harness free of damage and does it have


continuity?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 218


MAP 661: Firmware Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with its code. Controller PCB 99%
Infoprint 21 code 1%

Table 57. Map 661: Firmware Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Go to step 2. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 661?
2. Check the code: Go to step 3. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. isolated to the original code. If
b. Install a new Compact Flash or download new code, the problem recurs, go to step
if possible. 3.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have an error code 661?
3. Check the Controller PCB: Contact your next level of The problem appears to be
1. Power off the printer. support. isolated to the broken Controller
2. Install a new Controller PCB. PCB. If the problem recurs,
contact your next level of
3. Power on the printer. support.
Do you still have an error code 661?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 219


MAP 671: Disk Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a problem with the Hard Drive Hard Drive 90%
Controller PCB 10%

Table 58. Map 671: Disk Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Go to step 2. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 671?
2. Check the connection: Repair/replace the following, The problem appears to be a
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each loose connection. If the problem
2. Check the connection between the Hard Drive and replacement, check to see if the recurs, repair/replace the
the Controller PCB. Reseat this connection. problem has been fixed. following, one at a time. After
v Hard Drive each replacement, check to see
3. Power on the printer. if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB
Do you still have an error code 671? v Hard Drive
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 220


MAP 699: HW Error (Offset)
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected that the Offset Circuitry failed. MCU PCB 85%
Offset Asm 10%
Harness (J35 - J351) 5%

Table 59. Map 699: HW Error (Offset)


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the Harness (J35 - J351): Go to step 2. Repair/replace the Harness (J35
a. Power off the printer. - J351).
b. Check the Harness (J35 - J351) from the MCU PCB
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
2. Is an Offset Asm installed on this printer? Repair/replace the following, Replace the MCU PCB.
one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
v Offset Asm.
v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 221


MAP 714: Duplex Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Duplex Asm failed. Duplex Asm 85%
MCU PCB 10%
Harness (J34 - J341) (see “Harness (J34-P341)” on 5%
page 403)

Table 60. Map 714: Duplex Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is a Duplex Asm installed on this printer? Go to step 2. Replace the MCU PCB.

2. Check the Harness (J34 - J341): Go to step 3. Repair/replace the Harness (J34
a. Power off the printer. - J341).
b. Check the Harness (J34 - J341) from the MCU PCB
to make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
3. Has the Duplex Asm already been replaced once Replace the MCU PCB. Repair/replace the following,
because of this problem? If you are unsure, answer one at a time. After each
no. replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
v Duplex Asm
v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 222


MAP 772: ENV Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Env Tray Asm failed. Env Tray Asm 85%
MCU PCB 10%
Interface PCB 5%
Harness (J23 - J231) 3%
Env Connector - Female 2%

Table 61. Map 772: ENV Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is an Env Tray Asm installed on this printer? Go to step 2. Replace the MCU PCB.

2. Check the Harness (J23 - J231): Go to step 3 on page 224. Repair/replace the Harness (J23
a. Power off the printer. - J231).
b. Check the Harness (J23 - J231) from the MCU PCB
to the Interface PCB to make sure that it is correctly
connected and not damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 223


Table 61. Map 772: ENV Error (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Env Connector -Female: Go to step 4. Repair/replace the Env
a. Power off the printer. Connector - Female.
b. Remove the Env Tray Asm.
c. Check the Env Connector -Female to make sure
that it is correctly connected to the Interface PCB
and not damaged.
Is the connector correctly connected and not
damaged?
4. Has the Env Tray Asm already been replaced once Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the following,
because of this problem? If unsure, answer no. one at a time. After each one at a time. After each
replacement, determine if the replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed. problem has been fixed.
v MCU PCB v Env Tray Asm
v Interface PCB v MCU PCB
v Env Connector - Female v Interface PCB
v Env Connector - Female

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 224


MAP 795: Offset Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
MCU Logic detected the Offset Direction Solenoid failed. Offset Asm 85%
MCU PCB 10%
Harness (J35 - J351) 5%

Table 62. Map 795: Offset Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Is an Offset Asm installed on this printer? Go to step 2. Replace the MCU PCB.

2. Check the Harness (J35 - J351): Go to step 3. Repair/replace the following:


a. Power off the printer. v MCU PCB
b. Remove the Offset Asm. v Harness (J35 - J351).
c. Check the Harness (J35 - J351) from the MCU PCB
to the connector that the Offset Asm connects to
and make sure that it is correctly connected and not
damaged.
Is the harness free of damage and correctly
connected?
3. Has the Offset Asm already been replaced once Repair/replace the following, Repair/replace the following,
because of this problem? If unsure, answer no. one at a time. After each one at a time. After each
replacement, check to see if the replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed. problem has been fixed.
v MCU PCB v Offset Asm
v Harness (J35 - J351). v MCU PCB
v Harness (J35 - J351).

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 225


MAP 821: PS Option
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Controller PCB detected a problem with the Fonts Font Flash 70%
Compact Flash.
Controller PCB 30%

Table 63. Map 821: PS Option


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Verify the Error: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Wait 20 seconds.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have a 821 error?

2. Perform a cold reset. Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. If the error
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each recurs, repair/replace the
2. While pressing the Online key, power on the printer. replacement, check to see if the following, one at a time. After
problem has been fixed. each replacement, check to see
Do you still have the error? v Font Flash if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB v Font Flash
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 226


MAP 831: Controller Loop Trap
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
Controller logic detected a portion of code was stuck in a Options 80%
loop. This error triggers after five minutes.
Controller PCB 19%
Infoprint 21 code 1%

Table 64. Map 831: Controller Loop Trap


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Go to step 2. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
d. Wait five minutes.
Do you still have an error code 831?
2. Check the options: Repair/replace the following, Replace the Controller PCB. If
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each the problem recurs, go to step
b. Remove the options, one at a time, including replacement, check to see if the 3.
Controller options. Power on after each removal, problem has been fixed.
v Problem option.
and wait five minutes to check to see if the option
caused the problem. v Controller PCB.
Did removing one of the options stop the error code If the problem recurs, go to
831? step 3.

3. The problem could be with the Infoprint 21 code. Contact your next level of support.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 227


MAP 851: IPDS Option
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Controller PCB detected a problem with the IBM IBM AFP/IPDS Module 70%
AFP/IPDS Module.
Controller PCB 30%

Table 65. Map 851: IPDS Option


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Verify the Error: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Wait 20 seconds.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have the error?

2. Perform a cold reset. Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. If the error
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each recurs, repair/replace the
2. While pressing the Online key, power on the printer. replacement, check to see if the following, one at a time. After
problem has been fixed. each replacement, check to see
Do you still have the error? v IBM AFP/IPDS Module if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB v IBM AFP/IPDS Module
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 228


MAP 852: IPDS Add Mem
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Controller PCB does not have enough memory to Memory DIMM 40%
process the IPDS job.
Controller PCB 30%
IBM AFP/IPDS Module 30%

Table 66. Map 852: IPDS Add Mem


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Verify the Error: Go to step 2. Problem solved.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Wait 20 seconds.
c. Power on the printer.
d. Print the customer job.
Do you still have the error?

2. Check the installed memory: Go to step 4 on page 230. Go to step 3 on page 230.
a. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
b. Look at the ″Installed Memory″ on the printed
Service Page.
Does the memory listed match the memory installed
in the Controller PCB?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 229


Table 66. Map 852: IPDS Add Mem (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the installed memory: Problem solved. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Remove all memory DIMMs. replacement check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
c. Check the memory DIMMs by putting one in the
printer. v Failing Memory DIMM
d. Power on the printer. v Controller PCB
e. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
f. Verify the amount of memory on the Service Page
matches the amount of memory in the printer.
g. Repeat for all memory DIMMs.
Does the memory listed match the memory installed
in the Controller PCB for all DIMMs?
4. Perform a cold reset. Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. If the error
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each recurs, repair/replace the
2. While pressing the Online key, power on the printer. replacement, check to see if the following, one at a time. After
problem has been fixed. each replacement check to see
Do you still have the error? v Controller PCB if the problem has been fixed.
v IBM AFP/IPDS Module v Controller PCB
v IBM AFP/IPDS Module

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 230


MAP 853: IPDS Low Mem
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Controller PCB detected a problem with the IBM IBM AFP/IPDS Module 70%
AFP/IPDS Module.
Controller PCB 30%

Table 67. Map 853: IPDS Low Mem


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Verify the Error: Go to step 2. This problem could be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait 20 seconds. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have an error code 853?

2. Perform a cold reset. Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. If the error
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each recurs, repair/replace the
2. While pressing the Online key, power on the printer. replacement, check to see if the following, one at a time. After
problem has been fixed. each replacement, check to see
Do you still have an error code 853? v IBM AFP/IPDS Module if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB v IBM AFP/IPDS Module
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 231


MAP 854: IPDS Error
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Controller PCB detected a problem with the IPDS Fonts. IBM AFP/IPDS Module 70%
Controller PCB 30%

Table 68. Map 854: IPDS Error


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Verify the Error: Go to step 2. This problem could be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait 20 seconds. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Power on the printer.
Do you still have an error code 854?

2. Perform a cold reset. Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. If the error
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each recurs, repair/replace the
2. While pressing the Online key, power on the printer. replacement, check to see if the following, one at a time. After
problem has been fixed. each replacement, check to see
Do you still have an error code 854? v IBM AFP/IPDS Module if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB v IBM AFP/IPDS Module
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 232


MAP 860: No CX Host Sync
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Coax NIC detected a problem between itself and the Coax NIC 50%
host computer.
Host Computer 50%

Table 69. Map 860: No CX Host Sync


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Replace the Coax NIC. If the The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. problem recurs, go to step 2. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 860?
2. The problem seems to be with the Host Computer. Verify correct host computer operation or call your next level of support.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 233


MAP 861: No TX Host Sync
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Twinax NIC detected a problem between itself and the Twinax NIC 50%
host computer.
Host Computer 50%

Table 70. Map 861: No TX Host Sync


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Replace the Twinax NIC. If the The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. problem recurs, go to step 2. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 861?
2. The problem seems to be with the Host Computer. Verify correct host computer operation or call your next level of support.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 234


MAP 862: CX Key Request
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Coax NIC detected a missing key between itself and the Coax NIC 50%
host computer.
Host Computer 50%

Table 71. Map 862: CX Key Request


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Replace the Coax NIC. If the The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. problem recurs, go to step 2. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 862?
2. The problem seems to be with the host computer. Verify correct host computer operation or call your next level of support.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 235


MAP 872: Network Option
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The Controller PCB detected a problem between itself and Coax NIC 50%
the Coax or Twinax NIC Card.
Controller PCB 50%

Table 72. Map 872: Network Option


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Reset the printer. Go to step 2. The problem appears to be
a. Power off the printer. intermittent. If the problem
b. Wait two minutes. recurs, go to step 2.
c. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
Do you still have an error code 872?
2. Check the connection: Repair/replace the following, The problem appears to be a
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each loose connection. If the problem
2. Check the connection between the NIC and the replacement, check to see if the recurs, repair/replace the
Controller PCB. Reseat this connection. problem has been fixed. following, one at a time. After
v NIC Card each replacement, check to see
3. Power on the printer. if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB
Do you still have an error code 872? v NIC Card
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 236


MAP 900: Background or Dark Image
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There is toner contamination on all or part of the page. The Toner Cartridge 80%
contamination can vary from a very light gray dusting to a
HVPS 10%
very dark print.
BTR Support Asm 4%
Bias Transfer Roll 1%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 1%
Harness (J26 - J261) 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%

Table 73. Map 900: Background or Dark Image


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the density setting: Go to step 2 on page 238. The problem could be
a. Check the density setting in the Config Menu to intermittent. Verify that the
ensure that it is set at the default value of 3. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is there still background on the print?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 237


Table 73. Map 900: Background or Dark Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the printer: Go to step 3. The problem is not with the
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” printer. Repair/replace the
on page 280.) following, one at a time. After
b. Run Diagnostic 1010 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on each replacement, check to see
page 284). if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB
Is there background on this print? v MCU PCB

3. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the


a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is there still background on the print?

4. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Go to step 5. Reform, clean, or replace the
a. Power off the printer. contacts on the BTR Support
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge. Asm.
c. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm
to ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge.
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or
contaminated?
5. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 6 on page 239. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll. Transfer Roll.

Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not


contaminated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 238


Table 73. Map 900: Background or Dark Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Harness (J26 - J261): Repair/replace the Harness (J26 Go to step 7.
a. Power off the printer. - J261) as necessary.
b. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the
HVPS.
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected?

7. Repair/replace the following, one at a time. After each


replacement, determine if the problem is fixed by
printing a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature; switch off the printer
and allow at least 30 minutes for parts in this
area to cool before handling.
v HVPS
v MCU PCB
v ROS Asm (Laser)

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 239


MAP 905: All Black Print
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The entire printed page is black. Toner Cartridge 50%
HVPS 40%
BTR Support Asm 5%
ROS Asm (Laser) 2%
Harness (J26 - J261) 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 74. Map 905: All Black Print


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the printer: Go to step 2. The problem is not with the
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” printer. Repair/replace the
on page 280.) following, one at a time. After
b. Run Diagnostic 1010 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on each replacement, check to see
page 284). if the problem has been fixed.
v Controller PCB
Is the print completely black? v MCU PCB

2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3 on page 241. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still completely black?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 240


Table 74. Map 905: All Black Print (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the ROS Asm: Go to step 4. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed by printing a
c. Use a sheet of paper to cover the laser window on Service Page from Tray 1 to the
the ROS Asm. Main Output Bin (see “Printing
d. Reinstall the ROS Asm (Laser). the Service Page” on page 295.)
e. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output v ROS Asm (Laser)
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) v MCU PCB
Is the print still completely black? v Controller PCB

4. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Go to step 5. Reform, clean, or replace the
a. Power off the printer. contacts on the BTR Support
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge. Asm.
c. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm
to ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge.
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or
contaminated?
5. Check the Harness (J26 - J261): Repair/replace the Harness (J26 Replace the HVPS.
1. Power off the printer. - J261) as necessary.
2. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the
HVPS.
3. Test for continuity between:
v PJ26-14 and PJ261-14
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 241


MAP 910: All Blank Print
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The entire printed page is blank. Toner Cartridge 70%
HVPS 20%
BTR Support Asm 3%
Bias Transfer Roll 2%
Harness (J26 - J261) 1%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%
Harness (J22 - J223) 1%

Table 75. Map 910: All Blank Print


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the density setting: Go to step 2 on page 243. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the DENSITY item in the Config Menu to original job prints correctly.
ensure that it is set at the default value of 3.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still completely blank?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 242


Table 75. Map 910: All Blank Print (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the printer: Go to step 3. Go to step 8 on page 244.
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode”
on page 280.)
b. Run Diagnostic 1010 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
Note: This diagnostic produces a test print that
does not use the Controller PCB.
Is the print still completely blank?
3. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still completely blank?

4. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Go to step 5. Reform, clean, or replace the
a. Power off the printer. contacts on the BTR Support
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge. Asm.
c. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm
and ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge.
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or
contaminated?
5. Check the ROS Asm: Go to step 6 on page 244. Clean the laser window or
a. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replace the ROS Asm (Laser).
b. Check the laser window for contamination that could
be blocking the laser beam.
Is the laser window clean?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 243


Table 75. Map 910: All Blank Print (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 7. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll. Transfer Roll.

Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not


contaminated?
7. Check the Harness (J26 - J261): Repair/replace the Harness (J26 Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. - J261). one at a time. After each
b. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the replacement, determine if the
HVPS. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v HVPS
v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

8. Check the Harness (J22 - J223): Repair/replace the Harness (J22 Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. - J223). one at a time. After each
2. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the ROS replacement, determine if the
Asm (Laser). problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v Controller PCB
v MCU PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 244


MAP 920: Damaged Page
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The page is bent, wrinkled, creased or torn. Toner Cartridge 50%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 30%
Bias Transfer Roll 6%
550-Sheet Tray Asm 5%
Paper Handling Asm 5%
Feed Asm 2%
Exit Asm 2%

Table 76. Map 920: Damaged Page


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray.
d. Determine which trays are damaging paper.
Is the print still damaged?
2. Are all trays damaging paper? Go to step 6 on page 247. Go to step 3 on page 246.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 245


Table 76. Map 920: Damaged Page (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the paper path for the tray with the problem: Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path in the tray for fragments of original job prints correctly.
paper. Replace any worn, contaminated, or broken
parts.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still damaged?
4. Check the paper path: Go to step 5. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path in all location areas for original job prints correctly.
fragments of paper. Replace any worn,
contaminated, or broken parts.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still skewed?
5. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 6 on page 247. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still damaged?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 246


Table 76. Map 920: Damaged Page (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Repair/replace the following, Clean or replace the Bias
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Transfer Roll.
2. Remove the Bias Transfer Roll replacement, check to see if the
problem has been fixed.
3. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll.
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not 230 v
contaminated?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v Feed Asm
v 550-Sheet Tray Asm
v Paper Handling Asm
v Exit Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 247


MAP 930: Not Fused or Partially Fused Image
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The image on the printed page is not completely fused (the Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 70%
toner easily rubs off). If the print also has light density, correct
MCU PCB 20%
this first (see “MAP 935: Light Image” on page 250).
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 10%

Table 77. Map 930: Not Fused or Partially Fused Image


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper: The problem is with the paper Go to step 2 on page 249.
a. Ask the customer about the type of paper and input supply or customer job. If the
tray that is having the fusing problem. original job does not print
b. Load fresh, dry paper of the type that has been correctly, go to step 2 on
failing in the tray the customer was using. page 249.
c. Print a Service Page from that tray (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
d. Check the fusing quality on the print.
Is the image fused correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 248


Table 77. Map 930: Not Fused or Partially Fused Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the Media Type: Set the Media Type to the Repair/replace the following,
1. Check the Tray Type setting in the Paper Menu in correct setting. one at a time. After each
the Operator Panel for the tray with the problem to replacement, determine if the
ensure that it is correct. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Is the setting of Media Type correct? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v MCU PCB
v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 249


MAP 935: Light Image
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The image is light. Toner Cartridge 70%
Bias Transfer Roll 20%
HVPS 4%
BTR Support Asm 1%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 1%
MCU PCB 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%
Harness (J26 - J261) 1%
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 1%

Table 78. Map 935: Light Image


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the density setting: Go to step 2 on page 251. The problem could be
a. Check the density setting in the Config Menu to intermittent. Verify that the
ensure that it is set at the default value of 3. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still light?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 250


Table 78. Map 935: Light Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still light?

3. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Go to step 4. Reform, clean, or replace the
a. Power off the printer. contacts on the BTR Support
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge. Asm.
c. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm
to ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge.
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or
contaminated?
4. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 5. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll. Transfer Roll.

Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not


contaminated?
5. Check the ROS Asm: Go to step 6 on page 252. Clean the laser window or
a. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replace the ROS Asm.
b. Check the laser window for contamination that could
be blocking the laser beam.
Is the laser window clean?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 251


Table 78. Map 935: Light Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Harness (J26 - J261): Repair/replace the Harness (J26 Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. - J261) as necessary. one at a time. After each
2. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the replacement, determine if the
HVPS. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v HVPS
v BTR Support Asm
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v MCU PCB
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
v Controller PCB
v Feed Asm

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 252


MAP 940: Image Registration
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The image is not correctly positioned on the page. If the Toner Cartridge 30%
image is not parallel with the edges of the page, see “MAP
Registration Clutch - Electric 30%
950: Skewed Image” on page 260).
Paper Handling Asm 20%
Feed Asm 10%
550-Sheet Tray Asm 8%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%

Table 79. Map 940: Image Registration


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2 on page 254. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray. (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295.)
d. Determine which trays are having a registration
problem.
Is the print registration still bad?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 253


Table 79. Map 940: Image Registration (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Are all trays having the registration problem? Go to step 6 on page 255. Go to step 3.

3. Check the registration settings: Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the


a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” original job prints correctly.
on page 280.)
b. Change all registration settings to their defaults. See
“Factory Adjust Menu” on page 288.
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still misregistered?

4. Check the Feed Asm for the tray with the registration Replace the Feed Asm. Go to step 5.
problem:
a. Power off the printer.
b. Inspect the Feed Asm for damaged parts.
Is the Feed Asm damaged?
5. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm for the tray with the Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Go to step 6 on page 255.
registration problem: Asm.
a. Inspect the 550-Sheet Tray Asm for damaged parts.
Is the 550-Sheet Tray Asm damaged?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 254


Table 79. Map 940: Image Registration (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Registration Clutch - Electric: Go to step 7. Replace the Registration Clutch
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” - Electric.
on page 280.)
b. Run Diagnostic 1280 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
c. Listen for a click from the registration clutch when
the diagnostic is run, and a second click
approximately one half second later.
Does the Registration Clutch - Electric click
correctly when the diagnostic is run?
7. Check the Paper Handling Asm: Replace the Paper Handling Go to step 8.
a. Power off the printer. Asm.
b. Inspect the Paper Handling Asm for damaged parts,
especially the registration rollers.
Is the Paper Handling Asm damaged?
8. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. Verify the
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge. one at a time. After each original job prints correctly.
2. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output replacement, determine if the
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Is the print still misregistered? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 255


MAP 941: Repeating Spots or Voids
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are spots or voids on the page that repeat at regular Toner Cartridge 80%
intervals.
Bias Transfer Roll 10%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 5%
ROS Asm (Laser) 3%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 80. Map 941: Repeating Spots or Voids


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray.
Does the print still have spots or voids?
2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3 on page 257. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does the print still have spots or voids?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 256


Table 80. Map 941: Repeating Spots or Voids (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 4. Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Remove the Bias Transfer Roll and inspect it for
damage and contamination.
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not
contaminated?
4. Check the ROS Asm (Laser): Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. Verify the
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each original job prints correctly.
2. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed by printing a
3. Inspect the laser window for contamination or Service Page from Tray 1 to the
anything else that would block the laser path. Main Output Bin (see “Printing
4. Reinstall the ROS Asm (Laser). the Service Page” on page 295.)
5. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) 230 v
Does the print still have spots or voids?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 257


MAP 945: Residual or Ghost Images
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The printed page contains random light ghost images. The Toner Cartridge 70%
images may either be from a previous page or the current
Bias Transfer Roll 20%
page.
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 10%

Table 81. Map 945: Residual or Ghost Images


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the paper with fresh, dry standard paper. original job prints correctly.
b. Print the problem image or a Service Page from
Tray 1 to the Main Bin (see “Printing the Service
Page” on page 295.)
Does the print still contain ghost images?

2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3 on page 259. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does the print still contain ghost images?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 258


Table 81. Map 945: Residual or Ghost Images (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Clean or replace the Bias
1. Power off the printer. Fuser Asm 230 v. Transfer Roll.
2. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll.
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not
contaminated?
CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for
parts in this area to cool
before handling.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 259


MAP 950: Skewed Image
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
The image on the printed page is not parallel with the edges Toner Cartridge 30%
of the page. If the image is not positioned correctly on the
Paper Handling Asm 30%
page, see “MAP 940: Image Registration” on page 253).
Feed Asm 20%
550-Sheet Tray Asm 17%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%

Table 82. Map 950: Skewed Image


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray (see “Printing the Service Page” on
page 295.)
d. Determine which trays are having a registration
problem.
Is the print still skewed?
2. Are all trays having the skew problem? Go to step 6 on page 261. Go to step 3 on page 261.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 260


Table 82. Map 950: Skewed Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the paper path for the tray with the skew Go to step 4. Problem solved. Verify the
problem: original job prints correctly.
a. Check the paper path in the tray for fragments of
paper. Replace any worn, contaminated, or broken
parts.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still skewed?
4. Check the Feed Asm for the tray with the skew Replace the Feed Asm. Go to step 5.
problem:
a. Power off the printer.
b. Inspect the Feed Asm for damaged parts. Install
new Feed, Pick, and Retard rollers if they are worn.
Is the Feed Asm damaged?

5. Check the 550-Sheet Tray Asm for the tray with the Replace the 550-Sheet Tray Go to step 6.
skew problem: Asm.
a. Inspect the 550-Sheet Tray Asm for damaged parts.
Is the 550-Sheet Tray Asm damaged?

6. Check the paper path: Go to step 7 on page 262. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Check the paper path in all location areas for original job prints correctly.
fragments of paper. Replace any worn,
contaminated, or broken parts.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the print still skewed?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 261


Table 82. Map 950: Skewed Image (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
7. Check the Paper Handling Asm: Replace the Paper Handling Go to step 8.
a. Power off the printer. Asm.
b. Inspect the Paper Handling Asm for damaged parts,
especially the registration rollers.
Is the Paper Handling Asm damaged?

8. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. Verify the
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge. one at a time. After each original job prints correctly.
2. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output replacement, determine if the
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Is the print still skewed? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 262


MAP 955: Spots on Prints
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are spots of toner randomly scattered on the print side Toner Cartridge 80%
of the page.
Bias Transfer Roll 10%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 6%
BTR Support Asm 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 83. Map 955: Spots on Prints


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 2. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Are there still spots on the print?

2. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 3 on page 264. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Power off the printer. Transfer Roll.
b. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll.
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not
contaminated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 263


Table 83. Map 955: Spots on Prints (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Repair/replace the following, Reform, clean, or replace the
1. Remove the Toner Cartridge. one at a time. After each contacts on the BTR Support
2. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm replacement, determine if the Asm.
to ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or Main Output Bin (see “Printing
contaminated? the Service Page” on page 295.)
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 264


MAP 965: Horizontal Streaks
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are black lines running horizontally across the page. Toner Cartridge 50%
Bias Transfer Roll 20%
HVPS 20%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 6%
BTR Support Asm 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 84. Map 965: Horizontal Streaks


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 2 on page 266. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Are there still lines on the page?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 265


Table 84. Map 965: Horizontal Streaks (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Check the ROS Asm: Go to step 3. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Use a sheet of paper to cover the laser window on replacement, determine if the
the toner cartridge. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output Main Output Bin (see “Printing
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) the Service Page” on page 295.)
Are there still lines on the page? v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB
3. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 4 on page 267. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Power off the printer. Transfer Roll.
b. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll.
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not
contaminated?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 266


Table 84. Map 965: Horizontal Streaks (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
4. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Repair/replace the following, Reform, clean, or replace the
1. Remove the Toner Cartridge. one at a time. After each contacts on the BTR Support
2. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm replacement, determine if the Asm.
to ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or Main Output Bin (see “Printing
contaminated? the Service Page” on page 295.)
v HVPS
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 267


MAP 970: Vertical Streaks
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are black lines running vertically along the page. Toner Cartridge 50%
Bias Transfer Roll 40%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 6%
HVPS 2%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 85. Map 970: Vertical Streaks


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 2. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Are there still lines on the page?
2. Check the ROS Asm: Go to step 3 on page 269. Repair/replace the following,
a. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each
b. Use a sheet of paper to cover the laser window on replacement, determine if the
the toner cartridge. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
c. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output Main Output Bin (see “Printing
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) the Service Page” on page 295.)
Are there still lines on the page? v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 268


Table 85. Map 970: Vertical Streaks (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Repair/replace the following, Clean or replace the Bias
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each Transfer Roll.
2. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll. replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed by printing a
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not Service Page from Tray 1 to the
contaminated? Main Output Bin (see “Printing
the Service Page” on page 295.)
v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
230 v

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v HVPS

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 269


MAP 975: Voids on Prints
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are small areas of the image on the printed page that Toner Cartridge 50%
are extremely light or missing completely.
Bias Transfer Roll 40%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 5%
Harness (J26 - J261) 1%
HVPS 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 86. Map 975: Voids on Prints


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2 on page 271. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray.
Does the print still have voids?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 270


Table 86. Map 975: Voids on Prints (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does the print still have voids?

3. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 4. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Power off the printer. Transfer Roll.
b. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll.
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not
contaminated?
4. Check the Fuser Asm: Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Go to step 5 on page 272.
Fuser Asm 230 v.
Do the voids occur regularly at intervals around
61mm (2.4 in)?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for
parts in this area to cool
before handling.

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 271


Table 86. Map 975: Voids on Prints (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
5. Check the Harness (J26 - J261): Repair/replace the Harness (J26 Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. - J261) as necessary. one at a time. After each
2. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the replacement, determine if the
HVPS. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
3. Test for continuity between: Main Output Bin (see “Printing
v PJ26-5 and PJ261-5 the Service Page” on page 295.)
v PJ26-9 and PJ261-9 v HVPS
v PJ26-12 and PJ261-12 v ROS Asm (Laser)
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected? v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 272


MAP 980: Horizontal Voids
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are horizontal bands on the printed page that are Toner Cartridge 50%
extremely light or missing entirely.
Bias Transfer Roll 30%
Gear Drive Asm 10%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 4%
BTR Support Asm 1%
Harness (J26 - J261) 1%
HVPS 1%
ROS Asm (Laser) 1%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 87. Map 980: Horizontal Voids


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2 on page 274. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray.
Does the print still have voids?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 273


Table 87. Map 980: Horizontal Voids (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does the print still have voids?

3. Check the Toner Cartridge contacts: Go to step 4. Reform, clean, or replace the
a. Power off the printer. contacts on the BTR Support
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge. Asm.
c. Inspect the metal contacts on the BTR Support Asm
to ensure good contact with the Toner Cartridge.
Are the metal contacts intact and not deformed or
contaminated?
4. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 5. Clean or replace the Bias
a. Inspect the Bias Transfer Roll. Transfer Roll.

Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not


contaminated?
5. Check the Gear Drive Asm: Go to step 6 on page 275. Repair/replace the Gear Drive
a. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode” Asm.
on page 280.)
b. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
c. Run Diagnostic 1100 (see “Diagnostic Menu” on
page 284).
d. Check the gear that meshes with the Toner
Cartridge.
Is the gear turning correctly?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 274


Table 87. Map 980: Horizontal Voids (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
6. Check the Fuser Asm: Replace the Fuser Asm 120 v, Go to step 7.
Fuser Asm 230 v.
Do the horizontal voids occur regularly at intervals
around 61mm (2.4 in)?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes for
parts in this area to cool
before handling.

7. Check the Harness (J26 - J261): Repair/replace the Harness (J26 Repair/replace the following,
1. Power off the printer. - J261) as necessary. one at a time. After each
2. Check the harness from the MCU PCB to the replacement, determine if the
HVPS. problem is fixed by printing a
Service Page from Tray 1 to the
3. Test for continuity between: Main Output Bin (see “Printing
v PJ26-11 and PJ261-11 the Service Page” on page 295.)
Is the harness loose, damaged or disconnected? v HVPS
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 275


MAP 985: Vertical Band Voids
Symptom Explanation Suspected FRUs/Causes Probability
There are vertical bands on the printed page that are Toner Cartridge 50%
extremely light or missing entirely.
ROS Asm (Laser) 30%
Bias Transfer Roll 10%
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm 230 v 8%
MCU PCB 1%
Controller PCB 1%

Table 88. Map 985: Vertical Band Voids


Step Questions/Actions Yes No
1. Check the paper supply: Go to step 2. The problem might be with the
a. Check each tray and verify that the paper guides customer job. Verify the original
are adjusted correctly to match the paper size in the job prints correctly.
tray.
b. Load fresh, dry paper in all trays.
c. Print a Service Page from each tray including the
Aux Tray.
Does the print still have vertical band voids?

2. Replace the Toner Cartridge: Go to step 3 on page 277. Problem solved. Verify the
a. Replace the Toner Cartridge. original job prints correctly.
b. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.)
Does the print still have vertical band voids?

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 276


Table 88. Map 985: Vertical Band Voids (continued)
Step Questions/Actions Yes No
3. Check the Bias Transfer Roll: Go to step 4. Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.
a. Power off the printer.
b. Remove the Bias Transfer Roll and inspect it for
damage and contamination.
Is the Bias Transfer Roll intact and not
contaminated?
4. Check the ROS Asm: Repair/replace the following, Problem solved. Verify the
1. Power off the printer. one at a time. After each original job prints correctly.
2. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser). replacement, determine if the
problem is fixed by printing a
3. Inspect the laser window for contamination or Service Page from Tray 1 to the
anything else that would block the laser path. Main Output Bin (see “Printing
4. Reinstall the ROS Asm. the Service Page” on page 295.)
5. Print a Service Page from Tray 1 to the Main Output v Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser Asm
Bin (see “Printing the Service Page” on page 295.) 230 v
Does the print still have vertical band voids?

CAUTION:
<2-43> High Temperature;
switch off the printer and
allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool
before handling.
v ROS Asm (Laser)
v MCU PCB
v Controller PCB

Chapter 1. Diagnosing Problems 277


Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools
Printer Power-On Sequence Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Accessing Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Service Mode Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Diagnostic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Factory Adjust Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Factory Adjustment Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Test Print Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Test Print Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Printing the Service Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Printing the Service Page from the CE Laptop PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Printing the Service Page from the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

This chapter contains detailed procedures such as printing test pages, printing a configuration page, working with
the error log, and performing checks and test necessary to support diagnostics.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 278


Printer Power-On Sequence Check
The following sequence of events should occur when printer power is switched on (no network card installed, and
no error codes):
Table 89. Power-On Sequence
Time after power on Duration Event
0 seconds 5 seconds Motors activate
12 seconds Black rectangles display on the top line of the operator
panel
Until powered off Fan activates
12 seconds Approximately 48 seconds INFOPRINT 21 INITIALIZING displays on operator panel
2 seconds All LEDs light on operator panel
55 seconds Approximately 10 seconds INITIALIZING PLEASE WAIT displays on operator panel
65 seconds 1 second ONLINE IN PROGRESS displays on operator panel
66 seconds Until other activity READY displays on operator panel

Note: If a network interface card (NIC) is installed, the timings will change and the printer might take up to five
minutes to initialize.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 279


Service Mode
Service Mode allows you to run diagnostic routines, execute test prints, and change factory adjustments.

Accessing Service Mode


There are two ways to access the Service Mode for the Infoprint 21:
v “Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC” on page 281
v “Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel” on page 283

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 280


Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC
To enter Service Mode using a CE laptop PC attached to the Infoprint 21 serial Service Port perform the following
steps:
Note: To set up a CE laptop PC to access service mode for the first time, click here:

Set up CE laptop PC

1. Power off the printer.


2. Connect the CE laptop PC serial port to the Infoprint 21 serial Service Port using the serial cable contained in
kit P/N 62H4857.
3. While pressing down both the Menu ↓ and Item ↓ keys, power on the printer.
Note: Continue holding down the keys until the message REQUEST RECEIVED is displayed on the operator
panel.
4. The following messages display:
INFOPRINT 21
INITIALIZING

INFOPRINT 21
REQUEST RECEIVED

DIAGNOSTIC MODE
PLEASE WAIT
5. When initialization completes, the following message displays on the operator panel:
DIAG MENU
TEST = 1.0<0.0.
6. Power on the CE laptop PC.
7. Start the Service PPP connection to the printer using a URL address of
http://10.0.0.2/ras/ras.htm

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 281


Note: The operator panel keys are disabled when the Service PPP connection is active.
8. To exit Service Mode when using the CE laptop PC:
a. Close all applications on the CE laptop PC
b. Power off the CE laptop PC
c. Power off the printer
d. Disconnect the cable from the CE laptop PC to the printer
e. Power on the printer

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 282


Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel
To enter Service Mode using the operator panel on the Infoprint 21 perform the following steps:
1. Power off the printer.
2. While pressing down both the Menu ↓ and Item ↓ keys, power on the printer.
Note: Continue holding down the keys until the message REQUEST RECEIVED is displayed on the operator
panel.
3. The following messages display:
INFOPRINT 21
INITIALIZING

INFOPRINT 21
REQUEST RECEIVED

DIAGNOSTIC MODE
PLEASE WAIT
4. When initialization is complete, the following message displays on the operator panel:
DIAG MENU
TEST = 1.0<0.0.
5. Use the operator panel keys to navigate within the Service menus.
6. To exit Service Mode when using the operator panel, power off and then power on the printer.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 283


Service Mode Functions
The following functions are provided as menus in Service Mode when using either the CE laptop PC using the
serial Service Port or the Infoprint 21 operator panel:
v Diagnostic Menu
v Factory Adjustment Menu
v Test Print Menu
In addition, an Error Log Menu is provided in Service Mode for the CE laptop PC using the serial Service Port.
Diagnostic Menu
The Diagnostic Menu allows you to run diagnostic routines such as checking sensors/switches, running motors
and fans, and picking solenoids and clutches. The following sections describe how to run diagnostics using either
a CE laptop PC attached to Infoprint 21 serial Service Port or the Infoprint 21 operator panel.

Note: In this book, diagnostic numbers are specified as 1xxx; on the operator panel diagnostic numbers are
displayed as 1.x.x.x.
Using the Diagnostic Menu from the CE Laptop PC:
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC” on page 281).
2. Select the Diagnostic Menu link, which is displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. The Diagnostic Menu screen is displayed. The right side of the Diagnostic Menu displays the options for
running diagnostic test:
v Test Number: Enter the four digit diagnostic number, or use Test Name to select a test.
v Test Name: Choose the diagnostic name from the pull-down list.
v Test Count: Enter the number of repetitions of the diagnostic to be run.
v Test Status: Displays the status of the diagnostic.
v Test Results: Displays the output of the diagnostic.
v Run Button: Select this button to start the diagnostic.
v Stop Button: Select this button to stop running the diagnostic.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 284


Using the Diagnostic Menu from the Operator Panel:
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel” on page 283). The operator
panel displays the Diagnostic Menu:
DIAG MENU
TEST = 1.0<0.0.
2. To enter a test number, do the following.
Note: The “<” character indicates (points to) the current number position that can be changed.
a. Press Value ↑ or Value ↓ to change the second number.
b. Press Item ↑ or Item ↓ to move to the third number position.
c. Press Value ↑ or Value ↓ to change the third number.
Note: For the Infoprint 21, the first number should always be a “1” and the last number should
always be a “0”.
3. Press Enter to run the diagnostic.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 285


Diagnostic Tests
The following table list the diagnostic tests that are available for the Infoprint 21.
Table 90. Diagnostic Test Routines
Test
Component Comments
Routine
1010 Test Print Prints MCU test print -- controller not involved
1020 Sensor/Switch Test Displays OK after switch changes state
1030 Fuser Temperature Returns temperature in degrees Celsius (C).
1040 Fuser Set Temperature Returns temperature in degrees Celsius (C).
1050 ROM Check Sum
1100 Main Motor
1110 ROS Motor Speed depends on current resolution.
1120 Fan Motor High
1130 Exit Motor CW
1140 Exit Motor CCW Low
1150 Exit Motor CCW High
1160 Duplex Motor Low
1170 Duplex Motor High
1180 OCT Motor
1200 Tray 1 Pick Clutch
1220 Tray 2 Pick Clutch
1240 Tray 3 Pick Clutch
1250 Tray Feed Clutches
1260 Aux Tray Solenoid

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 286


Table 90. Diagnostic Test Routines (continued)
Test
Component Comments
Routine
1270 Env Pick Clutch
1280 Registration Roll Clutch
1290 Offset
1300 Charge Roll AC
1310 Charge Roll DC
1320 Developer Bias AC
1330 Developer Bias DC
1340 Transfer Roll (-)
1350 Transfer Roll (+)
1360 Detack Saw
1370 Laser Diode Warning -- Can damage drum if left on.
1380 Option Direction Will only run once.
1390 Pressure Roller DC Bias

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 287


Factory Adjust Menu
The Factory Adjust Menu allows you to change factory settings in the printer. The following sections describe how
to run diagnostics using either a CE laptop PC attached to the Infoprint 21 serial Service Port or the Infoprint 21
operator panel.

Note: Do not change values in the Factory Adjust Menu (except for serial number or registration adjustments)
unless IBM Technical Support instructs you to do so.
Using the Factory Adjust Menu from the CE Laptop PC:
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC” on page 281).
2. Select the Factory Adjust Menu link, which is displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. The Factory Adjust Menu screen displays. The right side of the Factory Adjust Menu displays a table showing
the adjustments that can be made to different parameters.
4. To change an adjustment value, enter or select a new value and then select the Apply button on the menu.
You can use the Cancel button to clear any entered values.
Using the Factory Adjust Menu from the Operator Panel:
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel” on page 283).
2. The operator panel displays the Diagnostic Menu.
DIAG MENU
TEST = 1.0<0.0.
3. Press the Menu ↑ or Menu ↓ key until FACTORY ADJ MENU is displayed.
4. Press the Item ↑ or Item ↓ key to scroll through the factory adjustments and their current values.
Note: The current value is indicated by an asterisk (*) following the value.
5. Press the Value ↑ or Value ↓ key to change the current value.
6. Press Enter to change the current value to the new displayed value. An asterisk (*) appears next to the value
to indicate that it is now the current value.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 288


Factory Adjustment Parameters
The following table describes the factory adjustment parameters that can be changed.
Table 91. Factory Adjustment Parameters
Adjustment Name Operator Panel Text Possible Values
Serial Number S/N 00-00000 * 00-00000 to 99-99999
Note: Values entered using the operator panel are
similar to Diagnostic tests with the arrow indicating
the position to enter data.
Resolution Adjustment RES ADJ= * 600, 1200
Laser Diode Power Adjustment LASER= 8 * 0-15
Fuser Standby Temp FUSERSTBY= 8 * 0-8
Fuser Running Temp FUSERRUN= 8 * 0-15
Fuser Cleaning Temp FUSERCLEAN= 7 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Lead Edge, Tray 1 REG LEAD 1= 8 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Side to Side, Tray 1 REG SIDE 1= 4 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Lead Edge, Tray 2 REG LEAD 2= 8 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Side to Side, Tray 2 REG SIDE 2= 4 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Lead Edge, Tray 3 REG LEAD 3= 8 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Side to Side, Tray 3 REG SIDE 3= 4 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Lead Edge, MBF REG LEAD M= 8 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Side to Side, MBF REG SIDE M= 4 * 0-15
Paper Size Adj, MBF PPR SIZE M= * Paper types/sizes
Registration Adj, Lead Edge, Envel REG LEAD E= 8 * 0-15
Registration Adj, Side to Side, Envel REG SIDE E= 4 * 0-15
Paper Size Adj, Envel PPR SIZE E= * Paper types/sizes

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 289


Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 290
Test Print Menu
The Test Print Menu allows you to print various types test print patterns using any of the possible input trays,
output bins, and processing options (such as offsetting) that are available on the printer. The following sections
describe how to print test prints using either a CE laptop PC attached to the Infoprint 21 serial Service Port or the
Infoprint 21 operator panel.
Using the Test Print Menu from the CE Laptop PC:
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC” on page 281).
2. Select the Test Print Menu link, which is displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. The Test Print Menu screen displays. The right side of the Test Print Menu displays the options that can be
selected for printing test prints. To change any option, enter or select a new value.
4. Select the Run button on the menu to print the test print with the selected options.

Note: The Stop button will cancel the test print that is in progress.
Using the Test Print Menu from the Operator Panel:
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel” on page 283).
2. The operator panel displays the Diagnostic Menu.
DIAG MENU
TEST = 1.0<0.0.
3. Press the Menu ↑ or Menu ↓ keys until TEST PRINT MENU is displayed.
4. Press the Item ↑ or Item ↓ key to scroll through the test print options and their current values.
Note: The current value is indicated by an asterisk ″*″ following the value. See Table 92 on page 292 for a
description of the test print options.
5. Press the Value ↑ or Value ↓ keys to change the current value of a test print option.
6. Press Enter to change the current value to the new displayed value.
Note: An asterisk (*) will appear next to the displayed value to indicate that it is now the current value.
7. Select the RUN TEST PRINT item from the TEST PRINT MENU and press the Enter key to print the selected
test print and options.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 291


Test Print Options
The following table shows the test print options and values that are available on the Infoprint 21.
Table 92. Test Print Options
Laptop Text with Operator Panel Text Possible Values Note
Defaults with Defaults
Print Type: SERVICE TYPE= SERVICE * SERVICE, ERROR LOG, v SERVICE: Similar to the Printer Configuration
WHITE, BLACK, GRID, page except NIC information is not shown.
PRINT QUALITY v ERROR LOG: An error log containing the last 25
errors with print count.
v WHITE: An all white page used for diagnosing
print quality problems
v BLACK: An all black page used for diagnosing
print quality problems
v GRID: A grid pattern across the entire page used
for diagnosing print quality problems
v PRINT QUALITY: A sample print with patterns
used for diagnosing print quality problems
Number of prints: 001 PRINTS=1 * 001 - 999 Enter up to three digits to specific the number of
test prints to print. TYPE=BLACK will only print 1
black print.
Paper Source: Tray 1 SOURCE= TRAY 1 * TRAY 1, TRAY 2, TRAY TRAY 2, TRAY 3, and ENVELOPE are displayed
3, AUX TRAY, only if they are installed.
ENVELOPE
Paper Output: Main OUTPUT= MAIN * MAIN, OFFSET OFFSET is displayed only when the Offset Output
Bin is installed.
Duplex: Off DUPLEX= OFF * OFF, ON This menu item is displayed only when the duplex
unit is installed.
Offset: Off OFFSET= OFF * OFF, ON This menu item is displayed only when the Offset
Output Bin is installed.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 292


Table 92. Test Print Options (continued)
Laptop Text with Operator Panel Text Possible Values Note
Defaults with Defaults
Offset Count: 01 OFFSET_CNT= 1 * 01 - 99 This menu item is displayed only if the Offset
Output Bin is installed. Use up to two digits to enter
the value.
RUN TEST PRINT This menu item is only available from the operator
panel. Select this item and press Enter to print the
select test print and options.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 293


Error Log
The Infoprint 21 error log can be displayed on the CE laptop PC attached to the printer’s serial Service Port,
however the error log cannot be displayed on the operator panel. To display the error log on the CE laptop,
access Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC” on page 281) and select the Error
Log link, which is displayed on the left side of the screen.
The error log can also be printed using the CE laptop PC attached to the Infoprint 21 serial Service Port or the
operator panel by selecting the Error Log item in the Test Print Menu (see “Using the Test Print Menu from the
Operator Panel” on page 291). This printout will show the 25 most recent errors along with the page count at
which the error occurred and a text description of the error. The errors are ordered with most recent error being
index #1 and oldest error being index #25.
An abbreviated error log showing the 10 most recent errors is also printed on the Printer Configuration page and
on Service Test Print item that can be selected in Service Mode from the Test Print Menu (see “Printing the
Service Page” on page 295).

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 294


Printing the Service Page
The following sections describe how to print the Service Page using a CE laptop PC attached to the Infoprint 21
serial Service Port or by using the Infoprint 21 operator panel.

Printing the Service Page from the CE Laptop PC


1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the CE Laptop PC” on page 281).
2. Select the Test Print Menu link, which is displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. The Test Print Menu screen displays. The right side of the Test Print Menu will display the options that can be
selected for printing test prints. Select Service for the print type item.
4. Select and change any other items that you want to change from the default values.
5. Select the Run button on the menu to print the test print with the selected options.

Note: The Stop button will cancel the test print that is in progress.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 295


Printing the Service Page from the Operator Panel
1. Enter Service Mode (see “Accessing Service Mode from the Operator Panel” on page 283).
2. The operator panel displays the Diagnostic Menu.
DIAG MENU
TEST = 1.0<0.0.
3. Press the Menu ↑ or Menu ↓ key until TEST PRINT MENU is displayed.
4. Press the Item ↑ or Item ↓ keys until the TYPE item is displayed.
5. If TYPE=SERVICE* is not displayed:
a. Press the Value ↑ or Value ↓ key until TYPE=SERVICE is displayed.
b. Press Enter.
6. If you want to change other items to new values, do the following:
a. Press the Item ↑ or Item ↓ keys to select the item.
b. Press the Value ↑ or Value ↓ key to select the new value.
c. Press Enter. An asterisk (*) will appear next to the displayed value to indicate that it is now the current
value.
7. Select the RUN TEST PRINT item from the TEST PRINT MENU and press the Enter key to print the Service
Test print.
Note: If the test print does not print, press the Online key to display the error message.

Chapter 2. Diagnostic Tools 296


Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams
Master Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Pin-Out Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Pin-Out Diagram A: LVPS PCB to MCU PCB and Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Pin-Out Diagram B: LVPS PCB to +5 V DC PCB to Controller PCB and to Fan Asm and Front Cover
Interlock Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Pin-Out Diagram C: MCU PCB to HVPS PCB to Drum, BTR Asm, and Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Pin-Out Diagram D: MCU PCB to Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Pin-Out Diagram E: MCU PCB to Full Stack Photo Sensor and Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . 303
Pin-Out Diagram F: MCU PCB to Paper Size PCB to Feed PCB to Paper Low Photo Sensor and Lift
Control Photo Sensor, Pick Clutch, Feed Clutch, and Tray Lift Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Pin-Out Diagram G: MCU PCB to Toner Cartridge Key Sensor, Exit Motor, and Main Motor . . . . . . . . . 305
Pin-Out Diagram H: MCU PCB to Interface PCB to Aux No-Paper Sensor, Aux Pick-up Solenoid,
Registration Sensor, Registration Clutch, Toner Sensor, and Envelope PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Pin-Out Diagram J: MCU PCB to Laser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 297


Master Wiring Diagram
Pin-Out Diagram A: Pin-Out Diagram B: Pin-Out Diagram C: Pin-Out Diagram D: Pin-Out Diagram E:
Pin-Out Diagram F: Pin-Out Diagram G: Pin-Out Diagram H: Pin-Out Diagram J:
Offset Direction
Home Sensor
J202 P351
Offset Full Offset Exit Offset Direction P/J Laser
Solenoid P/J
Stack Sensor Sensor 223
P/J226 P/J 22 Asm
35
P/J Toner Cartridge
P/J 251
P/J225 P/J227 213 Key Sensor
P/J228

P/J224 P/J P/J


J391 P341 21 211
P/J
P/J 34 P/J
Offset PCB 209 212

J CR
P/J223 P/J210
Toner
Paper Size Cartridge
J521 P511
PCB P/J G DB
M M P/J (Tray 1) P/J F P/J 25
51 331 33 C
Offset Mechanism Offset Drive
Motor Motor TR
Paper Size BTR
Sensor DST Asm
P/J61
Feed PCB P/J C P/J
Duplex PCB No-Paper Sensor 26 261
Duplex HVPS
Face-Up P/J P/J
361 360 P/J66 P/J65 P/J64 P/J67 P/J262
Fuser Asm
Sensor
F C PRB
Duplex Paper P/J P/J P/J672
37 39 P/J661 P/J662
Sensor P/J651 P/J641 P/J673
P/J D P/J Exit
27 271
P/J M Sensor
Duplex Motor M 38 Low Paper Lift Control
Sensor Sensor Tray Lift Heater Lamp
Pick Clutch Feed Clutch Motor

Option Paper Option Paper A


Size PCB Size PCB
Exit
Motor
M G P/J
32
(Tray 3) (Tray 2) LVPS
J541 P531 Operator
H Full Stack E Panel P/J
P/J P/J P/J P/J P/J P/J 11
52
Photo 311
53 54 53 31
AUX Sensor B
P/J P/J P/J
No-Paper 451 45 283
Paper Size Sensor
Paper Size Fan Motor
Rear Cover E P/J4
Sensor Sensor P/J
AUX Pick P/J Interlock B
P/J61 P/J61 30 P/J
Solenoid 44 Switch P/J 282 B
Feed PCB Feed PCB J P 9 P/J
36 6 284
Registration P/J Front Cover
Envelope Sensor 432 Controller Interlock
Envelope Envelope Clutch P/J
Main
Motor M G P/J
29 PCB B Switch
Exit No-Paper 43
Registration P/J
Sensor Sensor 433
Clutch
P/J
P/J H P/J 28 P/J288
P/J417 P/J415 P/J416 231 23 B
Toner P/J P/J P/J P/J
421 42 5 V DC 101 1
P/J412 P/J414 P/J413 Sensor PCB
MCU PCB
P/J P/J Interface

HAK314
P/J P/J
Envelope PCB 411 418 41 PCB A P/J 285 AC
281

Alphabetical Character on Wire Represents Pin-Out Diagrams

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 298


Pin-Out Diagrams
The pin-out diagrams illustrate the electrical relationships between printer components. Each pin-out wire has a
signal name, and is terminated at both ends with a connector-pin number. The connector number is listed at the
top of the connector. The Master Wiring Diagram shows electrical connections within the printer.

Pin-Out Diagram A: LVPS PCB to MCU PCB and Fuser Asm


MCU PBC
LVPS PBC P/J281 P/J28
14 14
FAN ON
13 13
/HEAT
12 12
/FHIGH
11 11
3.3V
10 10
FAN ALARM
9 9
GND
8 8
5V
7 7
24V RTN
6 6
24V RTN
5 5
24V RTN
4 4
24V
3 3
24V
2 2
24V
1 1

Fuser Asm
P/J11 P/J271
AC HOT
1
AC NUT
2

HKE001FA

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 299


Pin-Out Diagram B: LVPS PCB to +5 V DC PCB to Controller PCB and to
Fan Asm and Front Cover Interlock Switch
Master Wiring Diagram
LVPS
P/J283
24V
1
FAN ALRM
2
RTN
3
Fan Asm

P/J284
24V
1
24V
2 P101 Controller PCB
5 V DC PCB P/J288
P/J1 P/J19
Front Cover RTN GND
Interlock 2 4
24V 5V
Switch 1 3

P/J282
GND
2 2
3.3V

HKE002FA
1 1

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 300


Pin-Out Diagram C: MCU PCB to HVPS PCB to Drum, BTR Asm, and Fuser
Asm
Master Wiring Diagram
Toner Cartridge

HVPS
MCU PCB P/J26 P/J261 BCR Drum
CR-DR CR
15 1
CR-AC DB
14 2
CR-CH
13 3
DB-DA Mag Roll
12 4
TR(-)
11 5
TR(+) FG
10 6
DB. DC
9 7 TR BTR
DTS
8 8
TR-A/D
7 9
TR-D/A
6 10
GND BTR Asm
5 11 DTS
3.3V
4 12
RTN
3 13
24V
2 14
PRB
1 15
P/J271

PRB

HKE003FA
Fuser Asm

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 301


Pin-Out Diagram D: MCU PCB to Fuser Asm
Master Wiring Diagram

MCU PCB Fuser Asm

P/J27 P/J271 P/J275


/EXIT /EXIT(IN)
5 1 5 1
GND GND
4 2 4 2 Exit Sensor
3.3V 3.3V
3 3 3 3

P/J274
STS(A/D) STS(A/D)
2 4 2 1
GND GND STS
1 5 1 2

HKE004FA

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 302


Pin-Out Diagram E: MCU PCB to Full Stack Photo Sensor and Rear Cover
Interlock Switch
Master Wiring Diagram
MCU PCB
P/J311 P/J31
/FSTK
1 3
Full Stack GND
2 2
Photo Sensor 3.3V
3 1

P/J30
24V EXIT MOT
Rear Cover 2
24V
Interlock Switch 1

HKE005FA

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 303


Pin-Out Diagram F: MCU PCB to Paper Size PCB to Feed PCB to Paper
Low Photo Sensor and Lift Control Photo Sensor, Pick Clutch, Feed
Clutch, and Tray Lift Motor
Master Wiring Diagram
Option Paper Drawer

P/J51
P/J661 P/J66
3.3V MCU PCB
3 1 P/J331 P/J33
Paper Low GND /TG MCU
Photo Sensor 2 2 1 17
LOW PAP1 FD TXD
1 3 No-Paper 2 16
P/J61 FD RXD
Photo Sensor 3 15
/FEED3
4 14
P/J662 /FEED2
5 13
3.3V /NO PAP3
3 4 6 12
Lift Control GND /NO PAP2
2 5 7 11
Photo Sensor NUD LOW /LOW PAP3
1 6 8 10
/LOW PAP2
9 9
3.3V
10 8
P/J651 P/J65 GND
11 7
FEED1 ON 24V
4 1 12 6
Pick 24V RTN
3 2 Paper Size Sensors 13 5
Clutch Reserved
2 3 14 4
24V I/L /Feed1
1 4 15 3
/NO PAP1
16 2
/LOW PP1
17 1
P/J64
/TRNC(OUT)
Feed 1
24V I/L

HKE006FA
Clutch 2
Paper Size PCB
P/J673 P/J672 P/J67
24V I/L
7 7 1
6 6 2
5 NUD MOTOR 3
5
4 4 4
3 3 5
2 2
Tray Lift Motor 24V
1 1 Feed PCB

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 304


Pin-Out Diagram G: MCU PCB to Toner Cartridge Key Sensor, Exit Motor,
and Main Motor
Master Wiring Diagram

MCU PCB P/J25 P/J251


5V
4 1
5V LD
3 2 Toner Cartridge Key Sensor
/CRU
2 3
GND
1 4

P/J32
/EXIT XB
5
/EXIT XA
4
/EXIT B
3 Exit Motor
/EXIT A
2
24V EXIT MOT
1

P/J29
/M RSV
9
/MARM
8
/MMOT ON
7
24V RTN
6
24V RTN Main Motor
5
24V RTN
4
24V
3
24V

HKE007FA
2
24V
1

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 305


Pin-Out Diagram H: MCU PCB to Interface PCB to Aux No-Paper Sensor,
Aux Pick-up Solenoid, Registration Sensor, Registration Clutch, Toner
Sensor, and Envelope PCB
Master Wiring Diagram

Interface PCB P/J45 P/J451


MCU PCB /NO PRM
P/J23 P/J231 3 1
16 2 GND Aux No-Paper Sensor
1 2
15 1 3.3V
2 3
/NO PRM
14 3
3.3V NOPRM P/J44
13 4
/SOLM 2 /SOLM
12 5
/REG 1 24V Aux Pick-Up Solnoid
11 6
3.3V REG
10 7
/REG CL P/J43 P/J432
9 8
/TONER 5 /REG 1
8 9
GND 4 GND 2 Registration Sensor
7 10
24V 3 3.3V 3
6 11
24V RTN
5 12
/EPRS
4 13 P/J433
/NOPRE /REG CL
3 14 2 1
3.3V
2 15 2
SOLE Registration Clutch
1 16 3
24V
1 4

P/J42 P/J421
/TONER
4 1
24V
3 2
Toner Sensor
2 3
24V RTN
1 4

P41 P/J418
7 RTN
6 /EPRS
5 /NOPR
4 GND
Envelope PCB
3 3.3V
2 SOLE(OUT)

HKE008FA
1 24V

Envelope Connector

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 306


Pin-Out Diagram J: MCU PCB to Laser Asm
Master Wiring Diagram

MCU PCB Laser Asm


P/J22 P/J223
P.DATA
1 2
/nP.DATA
2 1
Differential

P/J21 P/J213
/LD
1 6
/LDEN
2 5
3 4
Vmf(D/A)
4 3
GND
5 2
5VLD
6 1

P/J211
SG
7 3
/SOS(IN)
8 2
5V
9 1

P/J212
10 24V
5
11 24V RTN
4
12 /RMOT(OUT)
3
HKE009FA

2
13 /RCLK(OUT)
1

Chapter 3. Wiring and Pin-Out Diagrams 307


Chapter 4. Locations
Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Sensors and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 308


Controller
1
Item Ref

Controller PCB 1
2

9
Code Compact Flash Slot 2

Memory DIMM Slots 3

IPDS Compact Flash Slot 4


8

NIC (Network Interface 5


Card)

Hard Drive Connector 6

Service (Serial) Port 7


7

Font Compact Flash Slot 8 4

HAK316
3
5
Parallel Port 9 6

Chapter 4. Locations 309


Covers
1
Item Ref
2
Exit Cover 1
5

Top Cover 2
3

Front Cover Asm 3

Right Cover 4 4

6
Front Left Cover 5

Controller Cover 6 7

Left Cover 7 8

Rear Cover Asm (With 8


Face-Up Bin), Rear Cover
Asm (Without Face-Up

HAK309
Bin)

Chapter 4. Locations 310


Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies
1
Item Ref
3

Fan Motor 1

Toner Cartridge 2
2
ROS Asm (Laser) 3
4
Main Motor 4
7

Gear Drive Asm 5

Bias Transfer Roll 6


6

HAK318
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser 7 5
Asm 230 v

Chapter 4. Locations 311


Optional Features

Item Ref 1

Offset Asm 1
2

Env Tray Asm 2

Option Paper Drawers 3

Duplex Asm 4 4

Rear Cover Asm (With 5


Face-Up Bin), Rear Cover
Asm (Without Face-Up

HAK306
Bin)

Chapter 4. Locations 312


PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)
1
Item Ref

Controller PCB 1 2

MCU PCB 2

5 V DC PCB 3
3

Main Motor 4 5

4
Interface PCB 5 6

HVPS 6

Feed PCB 7

Paper Size PCB 8


7
9

HAK319
LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V 9 8

Chapter 4. Locations 313


Rollers
Item Ref 19 18
Pick Roll Asm 1
Tray Retard Roll 2 17
Feed Roll Asm 3
16
Aux Pick Roll 4 7
13
Rubber Registration Roll 5 11
6
Metal Registration Roll 6 12
5
Toner Cartridge 7 4 11
10
Bias Transfer Roll 8
11
Fuser Asm 120 v, Fuser 9 8
Asm 230 v 9

Exit Roll 1 10 3

Exit Pinch Roll 11 2 14

Exit Roll 2 12 15
1
Exit Roll 3 13 3

Duplex Roll 14 2

Duplex Drive Belt 15 1

Offset Roll 16

HAK312
3

Offset Pinch Roll 17


2
1
Offset Exit Roll 18
Offset Exit Pinch Roll 19

Chapter 4. Locations 314


Sensors and Switches
Item Ref
8
Lift Control Photo Sensor 1
7
Paper Size Sensor Asm 2
13 6
Aux No-Paper Photo 3
Sensor
10
Registration Sensor 4 11

Fuser Exit Sensor 5


Full Stack Photo Sensor 6 4

Offset Exit Photo Sensor 7 5

Offset Full Stack Photo 8


Sensor 12

Duplex Paper Photo 9 3


9
Sensor
1
Front Cover Interlock 10 14 2
Switch 15
Rear Cover Interlock 11
Switch
1
Duplex Face-up Photo 12
14
Sensor
15
Toner Cartridge Key 13

HAK313
Sensor
1
No-Paper Photo Sensor 14
14
(Feed PCB) 15

Paper Low Photo Sensor 15

Chapter 4. Locations 315


Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Text and Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Removal and Replacement Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
550-Sheet Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
5v DC PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Aux No Paper Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Aux No Paper Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Aux Pick Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Aux Pick Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Aux Pick Up Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Aux Pick Up Gear Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Aux Pick Up Pad Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Aux Pick Up Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Aux Retard Pad Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Aux Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Aux Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Aux Tray Bottom Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Bearing and Exit Roll 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Bias Transfer Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
BTR Support Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Controller Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Duplex Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Duplex Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Duplex Connector Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Duplex Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 316


Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Duplex Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Duplex Motor Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Duplex Paper Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Duplex PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Duplex Roll Retaining Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Duplex Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Duplex Upper Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
ENV Arm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
ENV Bottom Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
ENV Clutch (Electric). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
ENV Connector - Female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
ENV Exit Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
ENV Gear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
ENV Large Pinch Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
ENV No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
ENV No Paper Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
ENV Retard Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
ENV Roll Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
ENV Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
ENV Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
ENV Tray Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
ENV Tray Pinch Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Exit Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Exit Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Exit Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Exit Roll 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Exit Roll 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Exit Static Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Face-Up Chute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Fan Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 317


Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Feed Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Feed Tray Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Front Cover Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Front Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Front Duplex Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Front Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Fuser Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Fuser Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Gear Drive Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Harness (J34-P341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Harness (J35 - J351) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Harness (J51 - J511). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Left Handle Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Left Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Lift Control Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
LVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Main Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Main Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
MCU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Metal Registration Roll Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Middle Duplex Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Offset Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 318


Offset Direction Solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Offset Direction Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Offset Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Offset Exit Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Offset Exit Bin Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Offset Exit Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Offset Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Offset Inner Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Offset Inner Chute Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Offset Lower Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Offset Mechanism Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Offset Paper Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Offset PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Offset Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Offset Tray Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Option Chute Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Option Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Option Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Option Feed Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Option Gear Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Option Harness (J52-J521) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Option Harness (J53-531) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Option Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Option Lift Control Photo Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Option No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Option Paper Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Option Paper Low Photo Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Option Paper Size Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Option Paper Size PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 319


Option Paper Size Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Option Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Option Pick Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Option Pick Roll Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Option Right Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Option Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Option Top Front Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Paper Handling Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Paper Low Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Paper Size Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Paper Size Housing Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Paper Sizing PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
PCB Cover Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Pick Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Pick Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Rear Cover Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Rear Cover Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Rear Duplex Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Registration Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Registration Actuator Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Registration Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Right Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
ROS Asm (Laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Rubber Registration Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Rubber Registration Roll Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Toner Cartridge Key Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 320


Toner Cartridge Top Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Toner Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Tray Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Tray Lift Motor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Tray Retard Clutch - Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Tray Retard Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Tray Retard Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 321


General Information
Text and Illustrations
Numeric callouts in text are enclosed in parentheses. Unless otherwise noted, all text callouts refer to the
illustration to the left of that text.
Printer orientation is defined as follows.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 322


Preparation
1. Power off and unplug the printer.
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
3. Open the Front Cover.
4. Remove the Toner Cartridge and store it in a dark, safe place that is free from direct sunlight.
5. When working near the Fuser Asm, wait until the Fuser Asm is cool.

CAUTION:

hcsf0243
<2-43> High temperature; switch off the printer and allow at least 30 minutes
for parts in this area to cool before handling.

6. Disconnect all interface cables from the rear panel of printer.


7. To eliminate static electricity, wear wristbands or another grounding device. See “Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Procedures” on page 26.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 323


Removal and Replacement Procedures

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 324


550-Sheet Tray Asm
Parts Reference: 550-Sheet Tray Asm
Removal:
1. Slide the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (1) from the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 325


5v DC PCB
Parts Reference: 5 V DC PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
3. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
4. Disconnect P/J288 from the 5V DC PCB (1).
5. Disconnect P/J101 from the 5V DC PCB.
6. Remove the two screws (2) that hold the 5V DC
PCB to the printer.
7. Remove the 5V DC PCB.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 326


Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive Gear
Parts Reference: Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive
Gear
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Hold the Aux Drive Gear (1) and remove the Aux
Drive Gear Shaft (2).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 327


Aux No Paper Actuator
Parts Reference: Aux No Paper Actuator
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
2 3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
3
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Remove the Aux Pick Roll Asm (p. 333).
8. Release two hooks (2) and open the Aux Tray
Bottom Asm (1).
9. Remove the Aux Pick Up Pad Asm (p. 337).
Continued on p. 329.

HKA012FD
1

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 328


Parts Reference: Aux No Paper Actuator
Continued from p. 328.
10. Remove the Aux No Paper Actuator (2) from the
back of the Aux Tray Bottom (1).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 329


Aux No Paper Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Aux No Paper Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
2 3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
3
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Remove the Aux Pick Roll Asm (p. 333).
8. Release the hooks and open the Aux Tray Bottom
Asm (1).
9. Remove the Aux Pick Up Pad Asm (p. 337).
10. Remove the Aux Tray Bottom Spring (3) from the
Aux Tray Asm.

HKA012FD
1 Continued on p. 331.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 330


Parts Reference: Aux No Paper Photo Sensor
Continued from p. 330.
11. Disconnect P/J451 (4) from the Aux No Paper
Photo Sensor (5).
12. Release the hooks of the Aux No Paper Photo
Sensor, and remove the Aux No Paper Sensor from
the Aux Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 331


Aux Pick Roll
Parts Reference: Aux Pick Roll
2
1 Removal:
1. Open the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Unhook the latch on the right Aux Pick Roll Core (2)
and move it to the right.
3. Move the Aux Pick Roll (1) to the right, then raise it
upward to remove from the Aux Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA009FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 332


Aux Pick Roll Asm
2 Parts Reference: Aux Pick Roll
Removal:
3 1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
1 2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Unhook the Aux Pick Roll Right Cam (1) and move it
to the left.
8. Unhook the Aux Pick Roll Left Cam (2) and move it
to the right.
Continued on p. 334.

HKA0Y3FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 333


Parts Reference: Aux Pick Roll
Continued from p. 333.
9. Align the pin on the Aux Pick Roll Asm (3) with the
left slit of the Aux Tray Asm. Then slide the Aux
Pick Roll Asm to the left and remove the right shaft
of the Aux Pick Roll Asm from the Aux Tray Asm.
10. Lift the right shaft of the Aux Pick Roll Asm and
slide the Aux Pick Roll Asm to the right to remove it
from the Aux Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 334


Aux Pick Up Gear
Parts Reference: Aux Pick Up Gear
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Unhook and remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (1) from
the Aux Pick Roll Shaft.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 335


Aux Pick Up Gear Spring
Parts Reference: Aux Pick Up Gear Spring
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Unhook the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (1) from the
Aux Pick Up Gear (2) and from the hole in the Aux
Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 336


Aux Pick Up Pad Asm
Parts Reference: Aux Pick Up Pad Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Remove the Aux Pick Roll Asm (p. 333).
8. Release two hooks and open the Aux Tray Bottom
Asm (1).
9. Rotate the Aux Pick Up Pad Asm (3) by 90 degrees
to the front and remove the Aux Pick Up Pad Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 337


Aux Pick Up Solenoid
Parts Reference: Aux Pick Up Solenoid
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Remove the one screw (1), and then remove the Aux
Pick Up Solenoid (2) from the Aux Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 338


Aux Retard Pad Asm
Parts Reference: Aux Retard Pad Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
2 3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
3
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Remove the Aux Pick Roll Asm (p. 333).
8. Release the hooks and open the Aux Tray Bottom
Asm (1).
Continued on p. 340.

HKA012FD
1

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 339


Parts Reference: Aux Retard Pad Asm
Continued from p. 339.
9. Remove the Aux Pick Up Pad Asm (p. 337).
10. Release the left and right brackets of the Aux
Retard Pad Asm (3) from the Aux Tray Asm. (2)
and remove the Aux Retard Pad Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 340


Aux Tray
Parts Reference: Aux Tray
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the E-clip (3) that holds the Aux Tray Stop
to the Aux Tray (1).
3. Insert a small screwdriver between the Aux Tray and
the Front Cover Asm as shown, and remove the Aux
Tray right peg from the Front Cover Asm.
4. Use the small screwdriver to release the Aux Tray
left peg from the Front Cover Asm.
5. Align the peg of the Aux Tray Stop (2) with the slit in
the Aux Tray, and then remove the Aux Tray from the
Front Cover Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 341


Aux Tray Asm
Parts Reference: Aux Tray Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Disconnect the following three connectors (1) from
the Interface PCB:
v P/J41
v P/J44
v P/J45
5. Release the two clamps (not shown) that hold the
harnesses of the Aux Tray Asm (2) to the printer.
6. Remove the four screws (3) that hold the Aux Tray
Asm to the printer.
7. Remove the Aux Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 342


Aux Tray Bottom Asm
2 Parts Reference: Aux Tray Bottom Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear Spring (p. 336).
6. Remove the Aux Pick Up Gear (p. 335).
7. Remove the Aux Pick Roll Asm (p. 333).
8. Release the hook (2) and open the Aux Tray Bottom
Asm (1).
9. Remove the Aux Pick Up Pad Asm (p. 337).
Continued on p. 344.

HKA012FE
1
3

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 343


Parts Reference: Aux Tray Bottom Asm
Continued from p. 343.
10. Use a screwdriver to unhook the right bearing (2).
11. Use a screwdriver to unhook the left bearing (4).
12. Remove the Aux Tray Bottom Asm (1) from the Aux
Tray Asm (3).
13. Remove the bearings from the left and right shafts
of the Aux Tray Bottom Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 344


Bearing and Exit Roll 2
3 Parts Reference: Exit Roll 2
Removal:
1. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
2. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch (p. 475).
3. Lift the tab on Exit Gear-17 (1) and slide Exit
Gear-17 from the Exit Roll 2 (2).
4. Use a small screwdriver to remove the left and right
bearings (3) from the Exit Asm.
5. Remove the Exit Roll 2 from the Exit Asm.
Note: When the Exit Roll 2 is removed, the two Exit
Right
Pinch Rolls fall out.
6. Remove the left and right Bearings from Exit Roll 2.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
2
Left
3
1

HKA040FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 345


Bias Transfer Roll
Parts Reference: Bias Transfer Roll
Notes:
1. In the following procedures, do not touch the surface
of the Bias Transfer Roll or the Detack Saw of the
BTR Support Asm.

hcsf0224
CAUTION:
<2-24> Sharp edges exist in this area.

2. When removing the Bias Transfer Roll from the


printer, take care not to damage the roll.
3. After removing the Bias Transfer Roll, roll it in paper
and store it in a safe place.
4. When replacing the Bias Transfer Roll with a new
one, peel off the paper that protects the roll of the
new Bias Transfer Roll before mounting.
Removal:
1. Open the Front Cover Asm.
2. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
3. Push to unlock the left and right latches of the BTR
Asm (1) that hold the Bias Transfer Roll to the
printer.
4. Hold the left and right knobs of the Bias Transfer
Roll and remove the Bias Transfer Roll from the BTR
Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 346


BTR Support Asm
Parts Reference: BTR Support Asm
2
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
4 8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Remove the one screw (1) that attaches the DTS
Wire to the BTR Support Asm (2).
10. Remove the one screw (3) that attaches the TR
1 Wire to the BTR Support Asm.

HKA034FC
3 11. Remove the two screws (4) that hold the BTR
Support Asm to the printer.
4 12. Remove the BTR Support Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 347


Controller Cover
Parts Reference: Controller Cover
Removal:
1. Loosen the two thumbscrews (1) that hold the
Controller Cover (2) to the printer.
2. Remove the Controller Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 348


Controller PCB
Parts Reference: Controller PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Disconnect P/J9 from the Controller PCB (1).
2 3. Disconnect P/J4 from the Controller PCB.
4. Remove the five screws (2) that hold the Controller
PCB to the printer.
5. Remove the five screws (3) that hold the rear bezel
to the printer.
6. Move the Controller PCB to the rear and disconnect
the connector P/J6 from the printer.
3 7. Remove the Controller PCB.
Note: The Controller PCB replacement part may not
2 come with a mounting bezel. If it does not include a
mounting bezel, remove the bezel from the original
part and install it on the replacement part.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
1
2

HKA0Y6FB

3
Left
Right

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 349


Duplex Asm
Parts Reference: Duplex Asm
Removal:
1. Open the Rear Cover.
2. Push in the left and right levers (1) of the Duplex
Asm and remove the Duplex Asm from the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Right

HKA0D0FC

1 Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 350


Duplex Bottom Cover
1 Parts Reference: Duplex Bottom Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Release the hooks that hold the Duplex Bottom
Cover (1) to the Duplex Asm.
3. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover from the Duplex
Asm.

Bottom Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0F0FB

Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 351


Duplex Connector Asm
Parts Reference: Duplex Connector Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Disconnect connector P/J39 (1) from the Duplex
PCB.
5. Release the harness of the Duplex Connector Asm
from the three hooks of the Duplex Asm.
6. Remove the two screws (2) that hold the Duplex
Connector Asm (3) to the Duplex Asm.
7. Slide the harness of the Duplex Connector Asm from
the hole in the Duplex Asm.
8. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 352


Duplex Drive Belt
Parts Reference: Duplex Drive Belt
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm (p. 352).
5. Remove the Duplex Top Cover (p. 360).
6. Remove the Duplex Motor (p. 355).
7. Remove the Duplex Roll Retaining Clip (p. 359).
8. Remove the Duplex Drive Belt (1) from the gears of
the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 353


Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Release the hooks and remove the Duplex Face Up
Photo Sensor (1) from the Duplex Asm.
3. Disconnect connector P/J361 (2) from the Duplex
Face Up Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 354


Duplex Motor
Parts Reference: Duplex Motor
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Disconnect connector P/J38 (1) from the Duplex
PCB.
5. Release the Duplex Motor harness from the two
hooks of the Duplex Asm.
6. Remove the two screws (3) and remove the Duplex
Motor (2) from the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 355


Duplex Motor Cover
Parts Reference: Duplex Motor Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the two screws (1) and remove the Duplex
Motor Cover (2) from the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 356


Duplex Paper Photo Sensor
Bottom Parts Reference: Duplex Paper Photo Sensor
Removal:
2 1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Disconnect connector P/J37 (1) from the Duplex
PCB.
4. Release the hooks that hold the Duplex Paper Photo
Sensor (2) to the Duplex Asm and remove the
1 Duplex Paper Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0F1FB
Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 357


Duplex PCB
Parts Reference: Duplex PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Release the hook that holds the Duplex PCB (1) to
the Duplex Asm and remove the Duplex PCB.
4. Disconnect the following connectors from the Duplex
PCB.
v P/J36
v P/J37
v P/J38
v P/J39
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 358


Duplex Roll Retaining Clip
Parts Reference: Duplex Roll Retaining Clip
Note: This procedure describes how to remove all three
Duplex Roll Retaining Clips. Only remove the ones you
need to remove.
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm (p. 352).
5. Remove the Duplex Top Cover (p. 360).
6. Release the hook on the rear Duplex Roll Retaining
Clip (1) and remove the Duplex Roll Retaining Clip.
7. Release the hook on the middle Duplex Roll
Retaining Clip (2) and remove the Duplex Roll
Retaining Clip.
8. Release the hook on the front Duplex Roll Retaining
Clip (3) and remove the Duplex Roll Retaining Clip.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 359


Duplex Top Cover
Parts Reference: Duplex Top Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm (p. 352).
5. Press the two levers and open the Duplex Top Cover
(1).
6. Release the right shaft of the Duplex Top Cover from
the bearing, and slide the Duplex Top Cover to the
upper right from the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 360


Duplex Upper Guide
Parts Reference: Duplex Upper Guide
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the two screws (1) and remove the Duplex
Upper Guide (2) from the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 361


ENV Arm Weight
Parts Reference: Env Arm Weight
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the right side of ENV Arm Weight (1) from
the right shaft of the ENV Tray Asm (3).
3. Remove the ENV Arm Weight and ENV Lower Arm
Weight (2) from the ENV Tray Asm.
4. Remove the right side of ENV Arm Weight and from
the right shaft of ENV Weight Cover.
5. Pull the right side of ENV Weight Cover to the front
and right, then remove the ENV Lower Arm Weight.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 362


ENV Bottom Cover
Parts Reference: Env Bottom Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the two screws (1) and then remove the
ENV Bottom Cover (2) from the ENV Tray Asm.
3. Remove the ENV Connector and Harness
(J411-J418) from the ENV Bottom Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 363


ENV Clutch (Electric)
Parts Reference: Env Clutch - Electric
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV Top Cover (p. 375).
4. Remove the ENV PCB.
5. Remove the ENV Gear Cover (p. 368).
6. Slide the ENV Clutch (Torque) (1) off of the shaft of
ENV Roll Shaft.
Continued on p. 365.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 364


Parts Reference: Env Clutch - Electric
Continued from p. 364.
7. Slide the Bearing (2) off of the shaft Clutch ELEC17
(3).
8. Slide the ENV Clutch (Electric) (4) and Harness
(J413-J416) (5) off of the shaft of ENV Shaft Clutch
(Electric).
9. Disconnect connector P/J416 (6) from the ENV
Clutch (Electric).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 365


ENV Connector - Female
4 Parts Reference: Env Connector - Female
Removal:
1
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Slide the ENV Connector Plate (1) to the left and
remove it from the Aux Tray Asm (2).

HKA068FD
5. Remove the two screws (3) that hold the ENV
Connector (4) to the ENV Connector Plate. Then
remove the ENV connector.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 366


ENV Exit Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Env Exit Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV Top Cover (p. 375)
4. Release the two hooks that hold the ENV Exit Photo
Sensor (1) to the ENV Top Cover, and remove the
ENV Exit Photo Sensor.
5. Disconnect connector P/J417 (2) from the ENV Exit
Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 367


ENV Gear Cover
Parts Reference: ENV Gear Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV Top Cover (p. 375)
4. Remove the ENV PCB. Parts like the gear and clutch will
easily drop when the cover is removed. Take care not to
lose them.
5. Remove two screws (1) and remove the ENV Gear Cover
(2) from the ENV Tray Asm.
6. Unhook the following harnesses from the ENV Gear Cover:
v Harness (J413-J416) connected to the ENV Clutch
(Electric)
v Harness (J414-J415) connected to the ENV No Paper
Photo Sensor
7. Slide the following harnesses through the hole in the ENV
Gear Cover:
v Harness (J411-J418) connected to the ENV Connector
v Harness (J413-J416) connected to the ENV Clutch
(Electric)
v Harness (J414-J415) connected to the ENV No Paper
Photo Sensor
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 368


ENV Large Pinch Roll
Parts Reference: Env Large Pinch Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV Top Cover (p. 375)
4. Remove the ENV Retard Roll Asm (p. 372).
5. Remove the ENV Large Pinch Roll (1) from the ENV
Top Cover.
6. Remove the bearings (2) from the shaft of ENV
Large Pinch Roll.
7. Remove the rollers (3) from the shaft of ENV Large
Pinch Roll.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 369


ENV No Paper Actuator
Parts Reference: Env No-Paper Actuator
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376)
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363)
3. Release the shaft of the ENV No Paper Actuator (1)
from the the ENV Tray Asm, and remove the ENV
No Paper Actuator.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 370


ENV No Paper Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Env No Paper Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV No Paper Actuator (p. 370)
4. Release the hooks and remove the ENV No Paper
Photo Sensor (1) from the ENV Tray Asm.
5. Disconnect connector P/J415 (2) from the ENV No
Paper Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 371


ENV Retard Roll Asm
Bottom Parts Reference: Env Retard Roll Asm
1 Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
2 3. Remove the ENV Top Cover (p. 375). Be careful not
to lose the ENV Retard Spring (2).
4. Remove the shaft of ENV Retard Roll Asm (1) from
the bearing of the ENV Top Cover, and remove the
ENV Retard Roll Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0N1FB
Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 372


ENV Roll Shaft
Parts Reference: ENV Roll Shaft
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV Top Cover (p. 375).
4. Remove the ENV PCB.
5. Remove the ENV Gear Cover (p. 368).
6. Slide the ENV Clutch (Torque) (1) off the ENV Roll
Shaft.
Continued on p. 374.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 373


2 3 Parts Reference: ENV Roll Shaft
5 4
Continued from p. 373.
7. Remove the Bearing (2).
8. Move the ENV Roll Shaft (3) to the left and release
it from the right bearing (4) of the ENV Tray Asm.
9. Lift the ENV Roll Shaft and remove it from the ENV
Tray Asm.
10. Remove the bearing from the right ENV Roll Shaft.
11. Remove the E-ring (5) from the right ENV Roll
Shaft.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0N5FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 374


ENV Top Cover
Parts Reference: Env Top Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the two screws (1) and then open the ENV
Top Cover (2).
4. Disconnect connector P/J412 from the ENV PCB.
5. Slide the ENV Top Cover to the left to remove it from
the the ENV Tray Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 375


ENV Tray Asm
Parts Reference: Env Tray Asm
Removal:
1. Slide the ENV Tray Asm (1) from the printer.
2. Install the ENV Gear Cover.
1
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0M2FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 376


ENV Tray Extension
Parts Reference: Env Tray Extension
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Remove the ENV Bottom Cover (p. 363).
3. Remove the ENV Tray Pinch Roll (p. 378).
4. Slide the ENV Tray Extension (1) from the ENV Tray
Asm in diagonal upward direction.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 377


ENV Tray Pinch Roll
Parts Reference: Env Tray Pinch Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the ENV Tray Asm (p. 376).
2. Slide out the ENV Tray Extension (1).
3. Use a small screwdriver to push the shafts of the
ENV Tray Pinch Rolls (2) out of the three rear holes
of the ENV Tray Pinch Roll.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 378


Exit Asm
Parts Reference: Exit Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
6. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
7. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch (p. 475).
10. Disconnect connectors P/J32 and P/J31 from the
MCU PCB (p. 415).
11. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Exit Asm
(2) to the printer.
12. Remove the Exit Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 379


Exit Cover
Parts Reference: Exit Cover
Removal:
1. Open the Rear Cover Asm.
2. Release the Exit Cover (1) by pushing in the two
latches (2) at the rear of the printer.
3. Remove the Exit Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 380


Exit Motor
Parts Reference: Exit Motor
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Disconnect MCU plug P/J32.
4. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
5. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
6. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
7. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
8. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
9. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
10. Disconnect PJ32 from the MCU.
11. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch (p. 475).
12. Remove the Exit Asm (p. 379).
13. Remove the two screws (1) and then remove the
Exit Motor (2) from the Exit Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 381


Exit Roll 1
Right Parts Reference: Exit Roll 1
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
Left
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch (p. 475).
7. Lift the tab on Exit Gear-17 (1) and remove it from
3
Exit Roll 1.
8. Use a small screwdriver to remove the bearings (3)
from the Exit Asm.
9. Remove the Exit Roll 1 from the Exit Asm.
Note: The four Exit Pinch Rolls will fall out when
the Exit Roll 1 is removed.
10. Slide the bearings off Exit Roll 1.
1
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
2

HKA039FB
3

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 382


Exit Roll 3
Parts Reference: Exit Roll 3
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
2
3
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch (p. 475).
1
7. Lift the tab on Exit Gear-17 (1) and slide Exit
3 Gear-17 from the Exit Roll 3 (2).
8. Use a small screwdriver to remove the left and right
bearings (3) from the Exit Asm.
9. Remove Exit Roll 3 from the Exit Asm.
10. Remove the left and right bearings from Exit Roll 3.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Right
HKA038FB

Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 383


Exit Static Eliminator
Parts Reference: Exit Static Eliminator
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Raise the left end of Exit Static Eliminator (1) up
from the left mounting position of the Exit Asm.
7. Slide the right end of Exit Static Eliminator from the
right mounting position of the Exit Asm, and remove
the Exit Static Eliminator.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 384


Face-Up Chute
3 Parts Reference: Face Up Chute
Removal:
1. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
2. Remove the two screws (6) that hold the Face-Up
Gear Cover (5) to the Rear Cover Asm (3).
3. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Face-Up
5 Chute (2) to the Rear Cover Asm (3).
4. Remove the Face-Up Gear Cover and the Face-Up
Chute.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA089FB
1
2
1

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 385


Fan Motor
Parts Reference: Fan Motor
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
8. Disconnect P/J283 (1) from the LVPS.
9. Release the harness of the Fan Motor (2) from two
clamps in the printer.
10. Remove the four screws (3) that hold the Fan
Motor to the printer.
11. Remove the Fan Motor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 386


Feed Asm
Parts Reference: Feed Asm
Removal:
1 1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
1 6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
1 10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
11. Remove the seven screws (1) that hold the Feed
Asm (2) to the printer.

HKA0Y2FB
1 12. Remove the Feed Asm from the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
2

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 387


Feed Roll Asm
Parts Reference: Feed Roll Asm
1
Removal:
2 1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
1 3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Disconnect P/J64 (not shown) on the Feed Roll Clutch from the
Feed Asm.
13. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Feed Roll Asm (2) to
the Feed Asm.
14. Remove the Feed Roll Asm.

HKA0Z0FB
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 388


Feed PCB
Parts Reference: Feed PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Disconnect the following four connectors from the
Feed PCB (1):
v P/J64
v P/J65
v P/J66
v P/J67
13. Remove the four screws (2) that hold the Feed
PCB to the Feed Asm.
14. Remove the Feed PCB from the Feed Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 389


Feed Tray Connector
Parts Reference: Feed Tray Connector
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Feed Tray
Connector (2) to the Feed Asm.
3. Remove the Feed Tray Connector from the Feed
Asm.
4. Disconnect P/J671 (3) from the Feed Tray
Connector.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 390


Front Cover Asm
3 Parts Reference: Front Cover Asm
Removal:
1. Open the Front Cover Asm (1).
2. Remove the E-clip (2).
3. Remove the Front Cover Spring (4) from the Front
2 Cover Stop (3).
4. Remove the Front Cover Stop from the right cover.
5. Move the Front Cover Asm to the right to remove it
from the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA067FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 391


Front Cover Interlock Switch
Parts Reference: Front Cover Interlock Switch
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
8. Disconnect P/J284 (1) from the LVPS.
9. Unclamp the harness of the Front Cover Interlock
Switch (2) from the printer.
10. Remove the two screws (3) that hold the Front
Cover Interlock Switch to the printer.
11. Remove the Front Cover Interlock Switch.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 392


Front Duplex Roll
Parts Reference: Front Duplex Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
4
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm (p. 352).
5. Remove the Duplex Top Cover (p. 360).
6. Remove the Duplex Motor (p. 355).
7. Remove the front Duplex Roll Retaining Clip (p.
359).
8. Remove the Duplex Drive Belt (p. 353).
2
9. Remove the Duplex Gear 17/Pulley (1) from the
Front Duplex Roll (2).
10. Use a small screwdriver to remove the left Duplex
Roll Bearing (3) from the left shaft of the Front
Duplex Roll.
11. Use a small screwdriver to remove the right Duplex
Roll Bearing (4) from the right shaft of the Front
Duplex Roll.

HKA0E2FC
3
1 Continued on p. 394.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 393


Parts Reference: Front Duplex Roll
Continued from p. 393.
12. Move the Front Duplex Roll (2) to the upper bearing
of the Duplex Asm.
13. Move the Front Duplex Roll to the left and remove
the right shaft of the Front Duplex Roll from the
Duplex Asm.
14. Lift the right shaft of the Front Duplex Roll and
remove the Front Duplex Roll from the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 394


Front Left Cover
Parts Reference: Front Left Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the three screws (1) that hold the Front Left
Cover (2) to the printer.
4. Use a screwdriver to release the upper left hook of
the Front Left Cover.
5. Remove the Front Left Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 395


Full Stack Actuator
Parts Reference: Full Stack Actuator
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Remove the Exit Static Eliminator (p. 384).
7. Raise the left shaft of Full Stack Actuator (1) to
remove it from the left bearing of the Exit Asm.
8. Slide the right shaft of the Full Stack Actuator from
the right bearing of the Exit Asm, and remove the
Full Stack Actuator.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 396


Full Stack Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Full Stack Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Remove the Exit Static Eliminator (p. 384).
7. Remove the Full Stack Actuator (p. 396).
8. Disconnect P/J311 (1) from the Full Stack Photo Sensor
(2).
9. Release the hooks that hold the Full Stack Photo Sensor
to the Exit Asm and remove the Full Stack Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 397


Fuser Asm
Parts Reference: Fuser Asm 230 v, Fuser Asm 120 v
Removal:

CAUTION:

hcsf0243
<2-43> High temperature; switch off the printer and allow at least 30 minutes
Right for parts in this area to cool before handling.

1. Open the Rear Cover Asm.


2. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Fuser Asm
2 (2) to the printer.
3. Remove the Fuser Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA035FA

Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 398


Fuser Stop
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Open the Rear Cover Asm (2).
2. Pull the Fuser Stops (1) from the left and right holes
of the Face-Up Chute.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 399


Gear Drive Asm
Parts Reference: Gear Drive Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Fuser Asm (p. 398).
6. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
7. Remove the Controller PCB. (p. 349).
8. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
9. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
10. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
11. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
12. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
13. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
14. Remove the BTR Support Asm (p. 347).
15. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
16. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
17. Remove the MCU PCB (p. 415).
18. Remove the Main Motor (p. 413)
19. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
20. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Gear Drive Asm (2) to
the printer.
21. Remove the Gear Drive Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
Note: The letter ″D″ is written near the four holes where the Gear Drive
Asm screws are mounted.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 400


Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271)
Parts Reference: Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271)
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Fuser Asm (p. 398).
6. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
7. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
8. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
9. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
10. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
11. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
12. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
13. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
14. Remove the BTR Support Asm (p. 347).
15. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
16. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
17. Remove the MCU PCB (p. 415).
18. Remove the Main Motor (p. 413)
19. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
20. Remove the Gear Drive Asm (p. 400).
Continued on p. 402.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 401


Parts Reference: Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271),
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271)
Continued from p. 401.
21. Disconnect P/J261 on the HVPS.
22. Remove the one screw that hold the HVPS
Housing and the HVPS to the printer.
23. Remove the HVPS Housing with the HVPS.
24. Disconnect P/J27 from the MCU PCB.
25. Disconnect P/J11 from the LVPS.
26. Pull the Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271) (1) from
the left hole in the printer.
27. Remove the two screws (2) that hold the Harness
(J27, J11, J262 - J271) to the printer.
28. Remove the Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Do not install Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271) in
the reversed position. Verify correct installation using the
Fuser.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 402


Harness (J34-P341)
Parts Reference: Harness (J34 - P341):
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Fuser Asm (p. 398).
6. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
7. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
8. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
9. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
10. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
11. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
12. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
13. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
14. Remove the BTR Support Asm (p. 347).
15. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
16. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
17. Remove the MCU PCB (p. 415).
18. Remove the Main Motor (p. 413)
19. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
20. Remove the Gear Drive Asm (p. 400).
21. Disconnect P/J34 (1) from the MCU PCB.
22. Remove the two screws (2) that hold the Harness (J34-P341) (3)
to the printer.
23. Slide the Harness (J34-P341) from the hole in the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 403


Harness (J35 - J351)
Parts Reference: Harness (J35 - J351):
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
8. Disconnect P/J35 (1) from the MCU PCB.
9. Unclamp the Harness (J35 - J351) (2) from the
printer.
10. Remove the two screws (3) that hold the Harness
(J35 - J351) to the printer.
11. Slide the Harness (J35 - J351) from the hole in the
printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 404


Harness (J51 - J511)
Parts Reference: Harness (J51 - J511)
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
7. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
8. Remove the Paper Size Housing Asm (p. 465).
9. Remove the Paper Size Housing (p. 464).
10. Disconnect P/J51 (1) of Harness (J51 - J511) (2)
from the Paper Sizing PCB.
11. Remove the two screws (3) that hold Harness (J51
- J511) to the Paper Size Housing.
12. Slide off the harness of Harness (J51 - J511) from
the Paper Size Housing, and remove the Harness
(J51 - J511).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 405


HVPS
Parts Reference: HVPS
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Remove the Bias Transfer Roll (p. 346).
10. Remove the BTR Support Asm (p. 347).
11. Disconnect P/J261 (1) from the HVPS.
12. Remove the one screw (2) that holds the HVPS (3)
and HVPS Housing (4) to the printer.
13. Remove the HVPS Housing and the HVPS from the
printer.
14. Release the hooks that hold the HVPS to the HVPS
Housing and remove the HVPS.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 406


Interface PCB
Parts Reference: Interface PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
5. Disconnect the following connectors from the
Interface PCB (1).
v P/J41
v P/J42
v P/J43
v P/J44
v P/J45
v P/J231
6. Remove the three screws (2) that hold the Interface
PCB to the printer.
7. Remove the Interface PCB.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 407


Left Cover
Parts Reference: Left Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Left Cover
(2) to the printer.
3. Remove the Left Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure. Make
sure the Left Cover properly fits with the Top Cover and
the Front Left Cover.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 408


Left Handle Plate
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Left
Handle Plate (2) to the printer.
7. Remove the Left Handle Plate.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 409


Left Registration Roll Spring
Parts Reference: Left Registration Roll Spring
Removal:
1
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Use a small screwdriver to unhook the Left
Registration Roll Spring (1) from the Left Metal Roll
Bearing.
10. Use a small screwdriver to unhook the Left
Registration Roll Spring from the Upper
Registration Chute.
11. Slide the Left Registration Roll Springs down.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA069FC

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 410


Lift Control Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
1 11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Disconnect P/J661 from the Lift Control Photo

HKA0Z4FB
Sensor (1).
13. Release the hooks that hold the Lift Control Photo
Sensor to the Feed Asm, and remove the Lift
Control Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 411


LVPS
Parts Reference: LVPS 120V, LVPS 230V
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
3. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
4. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
5. Remove the Main Power Switch (p. 414).
6. Disconnect the following connectors from the LVPS
283 282 (1):
v P/J282
284 v P/J283
v P/J284
281 v P/J285
v P/J11
7. Remove the four screws (2) that hold the LVPS to
the printer.
2
8. Remove the LVPS.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
2
11

HKA061FB
1
285
2

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 412


Main Motor
Parts Reference: Main Motor
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
3. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
3 4. Disconnect P/J29 (1) from the MCU PCB.
5. Remove the four screws (3) that hold the Main Motor
2
(2) to the printer.
6. Remove the Main Motor.
3 Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

3
HKA050FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 413


Main Power Switch
Parts Reference: Main Power Switch
Removal:
1 1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
3. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
4. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
5. Disconnect the harness attached to the LVPS from
the Main Power Switch (1).
6. Push the Main Power Switch so that it comes out of
the front of the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA077FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 414


MCU PCB
Parts Reference: MCU PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
3. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
4. Disconnect the following connectors from the MCU
PCB (1):
v P/J21
v P/J23
v P/J25
v P/J26
v P/J27
v P/J28
v P/J29
v P/J30
v P/J31
v P/J32
v P/J33
v P/J34
v P/J35
5. Remove the four screws (2) that hold the MCU PCB
to the printer.
6. Remove the MCU PCB.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 415


Metal Registration Roll Gear
Parts Reference: Metal Registration Roll Gear
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Release the E-ring (1) that holds the Metal
Registration Roll Gear (2) to the Paper Handling
Asm.
10. Slide the Metal Registration Roll Gear off the Paper
Handling Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 416


Middle Duplex Roll
Parts Reference: Middle Duplex Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm (p. 352).
5. Remove the Duplex Top Cover (p. 360).
6. Remove the Duplex Motor (p. 355).
7. Remove the middle Duplex Roll Retaining Clip (p.
359).
8. Remove the Duplex Drive Belt (p. 353).
9. Remove the Duplex Gear 17/Pulley (1) from the
Middle Duplex Roll (2).
10. Remove the Duplex Gear 17/39 (3) from the shaft
of the Duplex Asm.
11. Remove the Duplex Gear 18 (4) from the shaft of
the Duplex Asm.
12. Use a small screwdriver to remove the left Duplex
Roll Bearing (5) from the left shaft of the Middle
Duplex Roll.
13. Use a small screwdriver to remove the right Duplex
Roll Bearing (6) from the right shaft of the Middle
Duplex Roll.
Continued on p. 418.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 417


Parts Reference: Middle Duplex Roll
Continued from p. 417.
14. Move the Middle Duplex Roll (2) to the upper
bearing of the Duplex Asm.
15. Move the Middle Duplex Roll to the left and then
remove the right shaft of the Middle Duplex Roll
from the Duplex Asm.
16. Lift the right side of the Middle Duplex Roll and
then remove the Middle Duplex Roll from the
Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 418


No Paper Actuator
1 Parts Reference: No Paper Actuator
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
Right 11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Unhook the left and right shafts of the No Paper
Actuator (1) from the left and right No Paper
Actuator Supports (2), and remove the No Paper
2 Actuator from the Feed Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0Z3FB

Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 419


Offset Asm
Parts Reference: Offset Asm
Removal:
1. Open the Rear Cover.
1 2. Release the two hooks on the back of the Offset
Asm (1) and remove the Offset Asm.
3. If you do not re-install the Offset Asm, install the
Cover Option on the Cover Asm Top.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0G1FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 420


Offset Direction Solenoid
1 Parts Reference: Offset Direction Solenoid
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
3 6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Disconnect connector P/J228 (1).
9. Remove the two screws (3) that hold the Offset
Direction Solenoid (2) to the Offset Inner Asm.
10. Unhook the harness of the Offset Direction
Solenoid from the Offset Inner Asm and remove the
Offset Direction Solenoid.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

2 HKA0H2FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 421


Offset Direction Home Sensor
1 Parts Reference: Offset Direction Home Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Remove the Offset Mechanism Asm (432).
9. Release the hooks that hold the Offset Direction
Home Sensor (1) to the Offset Asm (2).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0I4FB
2

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 422


Offset Drive Motor
1 Parts Reference: Offset Drive Motor
3 Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
2 8. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Offset
Drive Motor (2) to the Offset Inner Asm.
9. Remove the Offset Drive Motor from the Offset
Inner Asm.
10. Disconnect connector P/J210 (3).

HKA0H0FA
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
Note: The Offset Drive Motor must be mounted with its
connector facing the front.
Right

1 Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 423


Offset Exit Bin
Parts Reference: Offset Exit Bin
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
2. Remove the right shaft of the Offset Exit Bin (1) from
the right hole in the Offset Top Cover (2).
2 3. Remove the left shaft of the Offset Exit Bin from the
left hole in the Offset Top Cover and remove the
Offset Exit Bin.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

1 HKA0G4FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 424


Offset Exit Bin Asm
Parts Reference: Offset Exit Asm
Removal:
2 1. Open the Offset Exit Asm.
2. Remove the right side of the Offset Exit Asm (1)
from the right hole in the Offset Top Cover (2).
3. Remove the left side of the Offset Exit Asm from the
left hole in the Offset Top Cover, and remove the
Offset Exit Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0G2FA
1

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 425


Offset Exit Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Offset Exit Bin Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Release the hooks that hold the Offset Exit Photo
Sensor (1) to the Offset Inner Asm.
9. Disconnect connector P/J227 (2) from the Offset Exit
Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
2

HKA0H3FC

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 426


Offset Full Stack Actuator
Parts Reference: Offset Full Stack Actuator
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Remove the left shaft of the Offset Full Stack
Actuator (1) from the Offset Inner Asm.
9. Release the right shaft of the Offset Full Stack
Actuator from the Offset Inner Asm, and remove the
Offset Full Stack Actuator.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0H4FB
1

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 427


Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor
2 Parts Reference: Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor
1 Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Remove the Offset PCB (p. 434).
9. Disconnect connector P/J225 (1) from the Offset
Full Stack Photo Sensor (2).
10. Release the hooks that hold the Offset Full Stack
Right
Photo Sensor to the Offset Inner Asm and remove
the Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Left

HKA0H5FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 428


Offset Inner Asm
2 Parts Reference: Offset Inner Asm
2
3
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
Bottom
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover (1).
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the five screws (2) that hold the Offset Inner
Asm (3) to the Offset Asm.
8. Remove the Offset Inner Asm from the Offset Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0G8FB

Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 429


Offset Inner Chute Cover
1 Parts Reference: Offset Inner Chute Cover

Bottom Removal:
1 2 1. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Offset
Inner Chute Cover (2) to Offset Inner Asm.
2. Remove the Offset Inner Chute Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0I0FB

Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 430


Offset Lower Cover
1 Parts Reference: Offset Lower Cover
1 Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2 2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
Bottom 4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the six screws (1) that hold the Offset
Lower Cover (2) to the Offset Inner Asm.
7. Remove the Offset Lower Cover from the Offset
Inner Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0I1FB

Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 431


Offset Mechanism Asm
Parts Reference: Offset Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Unhook the Offset Lever (1) from the Offset Inner
Asm.
9. Remove the two screws (2) and then remove the
Offset Asm (3) from the Offset Inner Asm.
10. Disconnect connector P/J226 from the Offset
Direction Home Sensor.
11. Disconnect connector P/J210 of the Offset Motor.
12. Unclamp the harness of the Offset Motor at two
1 places from the Offset Inner Asm.
13. Remove the Offset Asm from the Offset Inner Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
HKA0I2FC

2 3

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 432


Offset Paper Weight
1 Parts Reference: Offset Paper Weight
Removal:
1. Squeeze the left and right brackets of the Offset
Paper Weight (1) and remove it from the Offset Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0G5FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 433


Offset PCB
2 Parts Reference: Offset PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Offset Paper Weight (p. 433).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
3. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
4. Remove the Offset Tray Spring (p. 436).
5. Open the Offset Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Offset Lower Cover (p. 431).
7. Remove the Offset Inner Asm (p. 429).
8. Remove the one screw (1) that holds the Offset
PCB (2) to the Offset Inner Asm.
9. Disconnect the following connectors from the Offset
PCB.
v P/J223
v P/J210
v P/J224
v P/J209
10. Remove the Offset PCB.

HKA0G9FA
1 Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Right
Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 434


Offset Rear Cover
Parts Reference: Offset Rear Cover
Removal:
1. Open the Offset Rear Cover (1).
2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the right bracket
of the Offset Rear Cover from the right hole in the
Offset Top Cover.
3. Slide the left shaft of the Offset Rear Cover from the
left hole in the Offset Top Cover, and remove the
Offset Rear Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Left

HKA0G6FB
Right

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 435


Offset Tray Spring
2 Parts Reference: Offset Tray Spring
Removal:
1
1. Remove the Offset Exit Asm (p. 425).
2. Remove the Offset Exit Bin (p. 424).
3. Turn the right Offset Tray Spring (1) to the left
(counter-clockwise), remove it from the hook of the
Offset Asm.
4. Turn the left Offset Tray Spring (2) to the left
(counter-clockwise), remove it from the hook of the
Offset Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0G3FB

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 436


Operator Panel
Parts Reference: Operator Panel
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm.
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Operator
Panel (2) to the Top Cover.
7. Remove the Operator Panel from the Top Cover.
8. Disconnect the Harness (J4-Operator Panel) (3) from
the Operator Panel.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

1 1
HKA083FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 437


Option Chute Spring
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Remove the Option Feed Roll Asm (p. 441).
8. Unhook the Option Chute Spring from the Option
Feed Roll Asm (2), and remove the Option Chute
Spring.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 438


Option Feed Asm
Parts Reference: Option Feed Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the six screws (1) and remove the Option
Feed Asm (2) from the Option 550-Sheet Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 439


Option Feed PCB
Parts Reference: Option Feed PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Disconnect the following connectors on the Option
Feed PCB (1) from the Option Feed Asm.:
v P/J64
v P/J65
v P/J66
v P/J67
8. Remove the four screws (2) and then remove the
Option Feed PCB from the Option Feed Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 440


Option Feed Roll Asm
Parts Reference: Option Pick Roll Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Disconnect connector P/J641 on the Option Feed
Roll Clutch from the Option Feed Asm.
8. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Option
Feed Roll Asm (2) to the Option Feed Asm.
9. Remove the Option Feed Roll Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 441


Option Gear Bracket
Parts Reference: Option Gear Bracket
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the five screws (1) that hold the Option
Gear Bracket (2) to the Option Paper Drawer.
3. Remove the Option Gear Bracket from the Option
Paper Drawer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 442


Option Harness (J52-J521)
Parts Reference: Option Harness (J52 - J521)
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
3. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Option
Harness (J52-J521) (2) to the Option Paper Drawer.
4. Insert the Option Harness (J52-J521) into the hole in
the Option Paper Drawer.
Continued on p. 444.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 443


Parts Reference: Option Harness (J52 - J521)
Continued from p. 443.
5. Use a small screwdriver to push one boss that holds
the Option Paper Sizing Sensor Asm (3) to the
Option Paper Drawer to release the boss from the
hole.
6. Slide the Option Paper Sizing Sensor Asm and
Option Harness (J52-J521) (2) to the rear from the
Option Paper Drawer.
7. Remove the Option Paper Sizing Sensor Cover (p.
451).
8. Disconnect connector P/J52 (4) of the Option
Harness (J52-J521).
9. Remove the Option Paper Sizing Sensor Asm from
the Option Paper Drawer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 444


Option Harness (J53-531)
Parts Reference: Option Harness (J53 - J531)
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
3. Remove the Option Harness (J52-J521) (p. 443).
4. Remove the Option Paper Size Sensor Asm (p. 453).
5. Remove the Option Paper Size Front Cover (p. 451).
6. Disconnect connector P/J53 (1) from the Option
Paper Size PCB.
7. Remove the two screws (2) that hold the Option
Harness (J53-531) (3) to the Option Paper Size
Sensor Asm.
8. Remove the Option Harness (J53-531) from the
Option Paper Size Sensor Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 445


Option Left Cover
Parts Reference: Option Left Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Option Left
Cover (2) to the Option Paper Drawer.
3. Gently lift the left side of Option Paper Drawer and
then remove the Option Left Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 446


Option Lift Control Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Disconnect connector P/J662 (1) from the Option Lift
Control Photo Sensor (2).
8. Release the hooks and remove the Option Lift
1 Control Photo Sensor.

2 Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0B3FD

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 447


Option No Paper Actuator
Parts Reference: Option No Paper Actuator
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Unhook the left and right shafts of Option No Paper
Actuator (1) from the left and right Option No Paper
Actuator Supports (2), and remove the Option No
Paper Actuator from the Option Feed Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 448


Option Paper Drawer
Parts Reference: Option Paper Drawer
Removal:
1. Remove the three screws (1) that hold the Option
Paper Drawer (2) to the printer.
2. Lift the printer off of the drawer.

CAUTION:

hcsf0241
<2-41> The printer weighs approximately 28 kg (62 lb). Use two persons
to carry the printer. Use appropriate lifting precautions.

Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 449


Option Paper Low Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Option Paper Low Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Disconnect connector P/J661 (1) from the Option
Paper Low Photo Sensor (2).
8. Release the hooks and remove the Option Paper
Low Photo Sensor.

1 Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0B3FC

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 450


Option Paper Size Front Cover
Parts Reference: Option Paper Size Front Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
3
2. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
3. Remove the Option Harness (J52-J521) (p. 443).
Front 4. Remove the Option Paper Size Sensor Asm (p. 453).
5. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Option
Paper Size Front Cover (2) to the Option Paper Size
Sensor Asm (3).
6. Release two hooks (4) and remove the Option Paper
Size Front Cover from the Option Paper Size Sensor
Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
1 Rear

HKA0C2FB
1
2

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 451


Option Paper Size PCB
Parts Reference: Option Paper Size PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
3. Remove the Option Harness (J52-J521) (p. 443).
4. Remove the Option Paper Size Sensor Asm (p. 453).
5. Remove the Option Paper Size Front Cover (p. 451).
6. Disconnect connector P/J53 from the Option Paper
Size PCB (1).
7. Remove the two screws (2) and remove the Option
Paper Size PCB from the Option Paper Size Sensor
Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 452


Option Paper Size Sensor Asm
1 Parts Reference: Option Paper Size Sensor Asm
2 Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
3. Remove the two screws that hold the Option
Harness (J52-J521) (2) to the Option Paper Drawer.
4. Insert the Option Harness (J52-J521) into the hole in
the Option Paper Drawer.
5. Use a small screwdriver to push the one boss (4)
through the hole in the Option paper drawer.
6. Remove the Option Paper Size Sensor Asm (3) and
the Option Harness (J52-J521) (2) from the Option
Paper Drawer.
3
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0A4FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 453


Option Pick Clutch - Electric
Parts Reference: Option Pick Clutch - Electric
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Remove the four screws (1) and then remove the
Option Gear Bracket (2) from the Option Feed Asm.
8. Slide the Option Gear 3 (3) from the shaft of the
Option Feed Asm.
9. Slide the Option Gear 2 (4) from the shaft of the
Option Feed Asm.
Continued on p. 455.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 454


Parts Reference: Option Pick Clutch - Electric
Continued from p. 454.
10. Disconnect connector P/J65 (5).
11. Release the E-ring (6) and slide the Option Pick
Clutch - Electric (7) from the shaft of Option Pick
Roll Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 455


Option Pick Roll
Parts Reference: Option Pick Roll
Removal:
1. Slide the Option 550-Sheet Tray Asm from the
Option Paper Drawer.
2. Open the Option Feed Position Plate (1).
3. Unhook the latches on the Option Pick Rolls (2), and
slide them off the shafts of the Option Pick Roll Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 456


Option Pick Roll Asm
Parts Reference: Option Pick Roll Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the Option Top Front Plate (p. 461).
6. Remove the Option Feed Asm (p. 439).
7. Remove the Option Pick Clutch - Electric (p. 454).
8. Release the E-ring (1).
9. Slide the bearing (3) off the left shaft of the Option
Pick Roll Asm (2).
Continued on p. 458.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 457


Parts Reference: Option Pick Roll Asm
Continued from p. 457.
10. Open the Option Feed Position Plate (4).
11. Slide the Option Pick Roll Asm (2) to the right to
remove it from the Option Feed Asm. Be careful not
to lose the spring (5).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 458


Option Right Cover
Parts Reference: Option Right Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Option
Right Cover (2) to the Option Paper Drawer.
3. Raise the right side of Option Paper Drawer slightly.
Then remove the Option Right Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 459


Option Socket
Parts Reference: Option Socket
Removal:
1. Remove the Option 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Remove the two screws (1) and then remove the
Option Socket (2) from the Option Feed Asm.
3. Disconnect connector P/J71 (3) from the Option
Socket.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 460


Option Top Front Plate
Parts Reference: Option Top Front Plate
Removal:
1. Remove the Option Paper Drawer (p. 449).
2. Remove the Option Gear Bracket (p. 442).
3. Remove the Option Right Cover (p. 459).
4. Remove the Option Left Cover (p. 446).
5. Remove the one screw (1) that holds the Option Top
Front Plate (2) to the Option Paper Drawer.
6. Remove the Option Top Front Plate from the Option
Paper Drawer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 461


Paper Handling Asm
Parts Reference: Paper Handling Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Disconnect P/J42 and P/J43 (1) from the Interface
PCB.
9. Release two clamps from the harness of the Paper
Handling Asm.
10. Remove the five screws (2) that hold the Paper
Handling Asm (3) to the printer.
11. Lift the right side of the Paper Handling Asm and
then slide it to the right to remove.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 462


Paper Low Photo Sensor
Parts Reference: Paper Low Photo Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Disconnect P/J662 from the Paper Low Photo
Sensor (2).
13. Release the hooks that hold the Paper Low Photo
Sensor to the Feed Asm, and remove the Paper
Low Photo Sensor.

HKA0Z4FC
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 463


Paper Size Housing
Parts Reference: Paper Size Housing
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
Front 4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
7. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
8. Remove the Paper Size Housing Asm (p. 465).
9. Remove four screws (1) that hold the Paper Size
Housing (2) to the Paper Size Housing Asm (3).
1
10. Release two hooks (4) and remove the Paper Size
Rear
3 Housing from the Paper Size Housing Asm.
4 Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA054FB
2

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 464


Paper Size Housing Asm
2 Parts Reference: Paper Size Sensor Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
7. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
8. Disconnect P/J33 (1) from the MCU PCB.
9. Release three clamps that hold Harness P/J33 -
P/J331 to the printer frame.
10. Use a small screwdriver to push a peg (3) and slide
the Paper Size Housing Asm to the rear.
11. Slide the harness of the Paper Size Housing Asm
from the hole in the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA053FA
3

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 465


Paper Sizing PCB
Parts Reference: Paper Size PCB
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
7. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
8. Remove the Paper Size Housing Asm (p. 465).
9. Remove the Paper Size Housing (p. 464).
10. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Paper Sizing
PCB (2) to the Paper Size Housing.
11. Remove the Paper Sizing PCB from the Paper Size
Housing.
12. Disconnect P/J51 from the Paper Sizing PCB.
13. Disconnect P/J331 from the Paper Sizing PCB.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 466


PCB Cover Plate
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
3. Remove the six screws (1) that hold the PCB Cover
Plate (2) to the printer.
4. Remove the PCB Cover Plate.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 467


Pick Clutch - Electric
Parts Reference: Pick Clutch - Electric
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
4 2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
2 4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
Right 1 10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).

HKA0Z9FB
3 11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Remove the one screw that holds clamp (5) to the Feed
Bracket (2), and remove the clamp.
13. Remove the three screws (1) that hold the Feed Bracket
to the Feed Asm, and remove the Feed Bracket from the
Left
Feed Asm.
5 14. Slide the Feed Gears (3, 4) off the shafts of the Feed
Asm.
Continued on p. 469.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 468


Right Parts Reference: Pick Clutch - Electric
Continued from p. 468.
15. Remove the E-ring (6) and then slide the Pick Clutch -
Electric (7) off the shaft of the Pick Roll Asm.
16. Disconnect P/J65 (8) from the Feed PCB.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Left

7 6

HKA0Y0FA
8

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 469


Pick Roll
Parts Reference: Pick Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Open the Feed Position Plate (1).
3. Unhook the latch on the front Pick Roll (2) and slide
it off the front shaft of the Pick Roll Asm.
4. Unhook the latch on the rear Pick Roll (2) and slide
it off the rear shaft of the Pick Roll Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 470


Pick Roll Asm
Parts Reference: Pick Roll Asm
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
2 5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
1 6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the Right Cover (p. 483).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Left Handle Plate (p. 409).
10. Remove the LVPS (p. 412).
11. Remove the Feed Asm (p. 387).
12. Remove the Pick Clutch - Electric (p. 468).

HKA0Z5FB
3 13. Release the E-ring (1), and then slide the bearing
(2) from the shaft of the Pick Roll Asm (3).
Continued on p. 472.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 471


3 Parts Reference: Pick Roll Asm
5 Left Continued from p. 471.
14. Open the Feed Position Plate (4) from the Feed
Asm.
15. Slide the shaft of the Pick Roll Asm (3) off of the
bearing hole, and remove it from the Feed Asm. Be
careful not to lose the spring (5).
4 Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA0Z6FC
Right

Top

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 472


Rear Cover Asm
Parts Reference: Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin),
Rear Cover Asm (Without Face-Up Bin)
Removal:
1. Open the Rear Cover Asm (1).
2. Slide the lead edge of the Rear Cover Stop (not
shown) from the Rear Cover Asm and remove the
strap.
3. Pull the Rear Cover Pivot Stop (2) and slide the
Rear Cover Asm off the pivot shafts of the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 473


Rear Cover Interlock Switch
Parts Reference: Rear Cover Interlock Switch
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
6. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
7. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
8. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
9. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch (p. 475).
10. Remove the Exit Asm (p. 379).
11. Disconnect P/J30 (1) from the MCU PCB.
12. Unclamp the harness of the Rear Cover Interlock
Switch (2) from the printer.
13. Remove the two screws (3) that hold the Rear
Cover Interlock Switch to the printer.
14. Slide the harness of the rear cover switch from the
hole in the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 474


Rear Cover Interlock Switch
Parts Reference: Rear Cover Interlock Switch
Removal:
1. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
2. Remove the three screws (1) that hold the Rear
Cover Interlock Switch (2) to the printer.
3. Remove the Rear Cover Interlock Switch.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 475


Rear Cover Stop
Parts Reference: Rear Cover Stop
Removal:
1. Open the Rear Cover Asm.
2. Remove the one screw (1) that holds the Rear Cover
Stop (2) to the printer.
3. Remove the Rear Cover Stop from the Rear Cover
Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 476


Rear Duplex Roll
Parts Reference: Duplex Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the Duplex Asm (p. 350).
2. Remove the Duplex Bottom Cover (p. 351).
6 3. Remove the Duplex Motor Cover (p. 356).
4. Remove the Duplex Connector Asm (p. 352).
5. Remove the Duplex Motor (p. 355).
6. Remove the Duplex Upper Guide (p. 361).
7. Remove the Duplex Roll Retaining Clip (p. 359).
8. Remove the Duplex Gear 17/Pulley (1) from the
Duplex Roll (2).
1
5 9. Remove the Duplex Gear 17/39 (3) from the shaft
of the Duplex Asm.
10. Remove the Duplex Gear 18 (4) from the shaft of
the Duplex Asm.
11. Use a screwdriver to remove the left Duplex Roll
Bearing (5).
12. Use a screwdriver to remove the right Duplex Roll

HKA0D6FC
Bearing (6).
2
13. Move the the Rear Duplex Roll to the front bearing
4 3 of the Duplex Asm.
Continued on p. 478.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 477


Parts Reference: Duplex Roll
Continued from p. 477.
14. Slide the Rear Duplex Roll to the left and remove
the right shaft of the Rear Duplex Roll from the
Duplex Asm.
15. Lift the right side of the Rear Duplex Roll and then
remove it from the Duplex Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 478


Registration Actuator
Parts Reference: Registration Actuator
2
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
1 7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Open the Front Registration Chute (3).
10. Release the right hook of the Registration Actuator Spring (1)
3 from the Paper Handling Asm.
11. Move the lever of the Registration Actuator (2) to the left to
release the right shaft of Registration Actuator.
12. Remove the Registration Actuator.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
HKA024FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 479


Registration Actuator Spring
Parts Reference: Registration Actuator Spring
2
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
1 7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Open the Front Registration Chute (3).
10. Release the right hook of the Registration Actuator Spring (1)
3 from the Paper Handling Asm.
11. Hold the operating lever of the Registration Actuator (2) and
move it to the left to remove the right shaft of the
Registration Actuator.
12. Remove the Registration Actuator Spring from the shaft of
the Registration Actuator.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
HKA024FA

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 480


Registration Clutch - Electric
Right Parts Reference: Registration Clutch - Electric
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Disconnect P/J433 (1) from the Registration Clutch
- Electric (2).
10. Release the E-ring (3) and slide the Registration
Left
Clutch - Electric from the Paper Handling Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

3
HKA027FC

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 481


Registration Sensor
Parts Reference: Registration Sensor
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Open the Front Registration Chute and the Toner
Sensor Bracket from the Paper Handling Asm.
10. Remove the Registration Actuator (p. 479)
11. Disconnect P/J432 from the Registration Sensor.
12. Release the hooks that hold the Registration
Sensor (1), and remove the Registration Sensor
from the rear side of the Paper Handling Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 482


Right Cover
Parts Reference: Right Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm.
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Right
Cover (2) to the printer.
7. Release the two hooks at the top of the Right Cover
from the holes in the printer.
8. Release the two hooks at the bottom of the Right
Cover from the holes in the printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure. Make
sure the Right Cover properly fits with the Top Cover.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 483


Right Registration Roll Spring
Parts Reference: Right Registration Roll Spring
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
1
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Use a small screwdriver to unhook the Right
Registration Roll Spring (1) from the Right Metal
Roll Bearing.

HKA069FD
10. Use a small screwdriver to unhook the Right
Registration Roll Spring from the Upper
Registration Chute.
11. Slide the Right Registration Roll Springs down.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 484


ROS Asm (Laser)
Parts Reference: ROS Asm (Laser)
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Rear Cover Asm (p. 473).
5. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
6. Disconnect P/J223 from the ROS Asm (Laser) (1).
7. Disconnect P/J213 from the ROS Asm (Laser).
8. Disconnect P/J212 from the ROS Asm (Laser).
9. Remove the four screws (2) that hold the ROS Asm
(Laser) to the printer.
10. Slightly raise the ROS Asm (Laser) and disconnect
P/J211 from the bottom.
11. Remove the ROS Asm (Laser).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 485


Rubber Registration Roll
Parts Reference: Rubber Registration Roll
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Remove the Left Registration Roll Spring (p. 410).
10. Remove the Right Registration Roll Spring (p. 484).
11. Remove the Metal Registration Roll Gear (p. 416).
12. Remove the Rubber Registration Roll Gear (p.
489).
13. Remove the Registration Clutch - Electric (p. 481).
14. Release the left E-ring (1) that holds the Metal
Registration Roll to the Paper Handling Asm.
15. Unhook the Chute Torsion Spring from the notch of
Front Registration Chute.
16. Move the Chute Torsion Spring to the left from the
Paper Handling Asm, avoiding the boss of Right
Metal Roll Bearing (3).
Continued on p. 487.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 486


Parts Reference: Rubber Registration Roll
Continued from p. 486.
17. Closing the Front Registration Chute and Rear
Registration Chute, align the boss of Right Metal
Roll Bearing with the right slit, and slide the Right
Metal Roll Bearing from the Paper Handling Asm.
18. Closing the Front Registration Chute and Rear
Registration Chute, align the boss of Left Metal Roll
Bearing with the left slit, and slide the Left Metal
Roll Bearing (2) from the Paper Handling Asm.
19. Slide upward the right shaft of Metal Registration
Roll from the right bearing of Paper Handling Asm.
20. Slide diagonally and to the right the Metal
Registration Roll, the Front Registration Chute, and
the Rear Registration Chute from the Paper
Handling Asm.
Continued on p. 488.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 487


Parts Reference: Rubber Registration Roll
Continued from p. 487.
21. Remove the Right Rubber Roll Bearing (4) and the
Left Rubber Roll Bearing (6).
22. Move the Rubber Registration Roll (5) to the right
and remove the left shaft of Rubber Registration
Roll from the Paper Handling Asm.
23. Remove the right shaft of the Rubber Registration
Roll from the Paper Handling Asm, and remove the
Rubber Registration Roll.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 488


Rubber Registration Roll Gear
Parts Reference: Rubber Registration Roll Gear
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Aux Tray Asm (p. 342).
5. Remove the Aux Drive Gear Shaft (p. 327).
6. Remove the Aux Drive Gear (p. 327).
7. Remove the Toner Cartridge.
8. Remove the Paper Handling Asm (p. 462).
9. Release the E-ring (1) that holds the Rubber
Registration Roll Gear (2) from the Paper Handling
Asm.
10. Slide the Rubber Registration Roll Gear off the
Paper Handling Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 489


Toner Cartridge Key Sensor
Parts Reference: Toner Cartridge Key Sensor
Removal:
Left 1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
Right
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
8. Remove the Toner Cartridge Top Guide (p. 491)
9. Release the Harness (1) of the Toner Cartridge Key
Sensor from three clamps of the Toner Cartridge
Top Guide.
10. Use a small screwdriver to remove the right shaft of
the Toner Cartridge Key Sensor (2) from the right
bracket of the Toner Cartridge Top Guide.
2 11. Use a small screwdriver to remove the left shaft of
the Toner Cartridge Key Sensor from the left
bracket of the Toner Cartridge Top Guide.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA046FA
1 Back Side

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 490


Toner Cartridge Top Guide
Parts Reference: Toner Cartridge Top Guide
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Remove the Controller Cover (p. 348).
5. Remove the Left Cover (p. 408).
6. Remove the Top Cover (p. 493).
7. Remove the PCB Cover Plate (p. 467).
8. Disconnect P/J25 from the MCU PCB (p. 415).
9. Remove the two screws (1) that hold the Toner
Cartridge Top Guide (2) to the printer.
10. Remove the Toner Cartridge Top Guide from the
printer.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 491


Toner Sensor Asm
Parts Reference: Toner Sensor Asm
Removal:
1. Open the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the left side of the Toner Sensor Asm (1)
from the Paper Handling Asm.
3. Remove the right side of Toner Sensor Asm from the
Paper Handling Asm.
4. Disconnect P/J421 (2) from the Toner Sensor Asm.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 492


Top Cover
Parts Reference: Top Cover
Removal:
1. Remove the Front Cover Asm (p. 391).
2. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm (p. 325).
3. Remove the Front Left Cover (p. 395).
4. Open the Rear Cover Asm.
5. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the Top Cover
(2) to the printer.
6. Raise the Top Cover slightly. Then disconnect
P/J363 (not shown) from the bottom of the Operator
Panel.
7. Remove the Top Cover.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure. Make
sure the Top Cover properly fits with the Left Cover,
Controller Cover, and Right Cover.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 493


Tray Connector
Parts Reference: Tray Connector
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the two Tray
Motor Brackets (2, 4) to the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
3. Remove the two Tray Motor Springs (3, 5) from the
550-Sheet Tray Asm.
Continued on p. 495.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 494


Parts Reference: Tray Connector
Continued from p. 494.
4. Disconnect P/J673 (8) from the Tray Connector (7).
5. Remove the two screws (6) that hold the Tray
Connector Guide (10) to the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
Right 6. Remove the Tray Connector and the Tray Connector
9 Guide from the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
7. Remove the Tray Connector Spring (9).
8. Slide the Tray Connector upward, and then
disconnect it from the Tray Connector Guide.
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

7
Left

HKA098FC

10 6

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 495


Tray Lift Motor Asm
Parts Reference: Tray Lift Motor
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Remove the four screws (1) that hold the two Tray
Motor Brackets (2, 4) to the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
3. Remove the two Tray Motor Springs (3, 5) from the
550-Sheet Tray Asm.
Continued on p. 497.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 496


Parts Reference: Tray Lift Motor
Continued from p. 496.
4. Disconnect P/J673 (6) from the Tray Connector.
5. Remove the three screws (8).
6. Remove the Tray Lift Motor Asm (7).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.
Note: During installation, make sure the Tray Lift Motor
Asm properly fits with the Tray Lift Shaft.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 497


Tray Retard Clutch - Friction
Parts Reference: Tray Retard Clutch - Friction
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Release the left and right latches (1) of the
550-Sheet Tray Asm and open the Tray Retard
Chute (2).
Continued on p. 499.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 498


Parts Reference: Tray Retard Clutch - Friction
Continued from p. 498.
3. Remove the Tray Retard Roll (p. 500).
4. Slide the Tray Retard Clutch (Friction) (3) off the
Tray Retard Shaft (4).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 499


Tray Retard Roll
Parts Reference: None
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Release the left and right latches (1) of the
550-Sheet Tray Asm and open the Tray Retard
Chute (2).
Continued on p. 501.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 500


Parts Reference: None
Continued from p. 500.
3. Unhook the latch on the Tray Retard Roll (3) and
slide the Tray Retard Roll off the Tray Retard Shaft
(4).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 501


Tray Retard Spring
Parts Reference: Tray Retard Spring
Removal:
1. Remove the 550-Sheet Tray Asm.
2. Release the left and right latches (1) of the
550-Sheet Tray Asm and open the Tray Retard
Chute (2).
Continued on p. 503.

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 502


4 Parts Reference: Tray Retard Spring
Continued from p. 502.
Right
3 3. Open the Tray Retard Bracket (3).
4. Remove the Tray Retard Spring (4).
Replacement: Reverse the removal procedure.

HKA095FB
Left

Chapter 5. Removals and Replacements 503


Chapter 6. Parts Catalog
Using the Parts Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Approved Cleaners and Lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Printer Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Assembly 1: Covers 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Assembly 2: Covers 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Assembly 3: Covers 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Assembly 4: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Assembly 5: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Assembly 6: Paper Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Assembly 8: P/H Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Assembly 10: Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Assembly 13: Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Assembly 16: Envelope Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Assembly 17: Envelope Feeder 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Assembly 18: Duplex 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Assembly 19: Duplex 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Assembly 20: Offset Output Bin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Assembly 21: Offset Output Bin 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Parts Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
550-Sheet Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
5 V DC PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 504


Actuator And Support Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Aux Drive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Aux Drive Gear Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Aux Pick Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Aux Pick Up Pad Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Aux Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Aux Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Aux Tray Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Bearing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Bias Transfer Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
BTR Support Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Coax NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Controller Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Duplex Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Env Connector - Female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Env No-Paper Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Env Tray Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Ethernet NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Exit Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Exit Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Exit Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Exit Roll 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Exit Roll 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Exit Roll 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Exit Static Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Fan Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Feed Chute Pinch Roll Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 505


Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Feed Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Feed Roll Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Font Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Front Cover Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Front Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Front Cover Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Front Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fuser Asm 120 v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fuser Asm 230 v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fuser Stop Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Gear Drive Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Harness (AC - J285) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Harness (J1 - J101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Harness (J21 - J211, J212, J213) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Harness (J22 - J223) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Harness (J23 - J231) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Harness (J25 - J251) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Harness (J26 - J261) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Harness (J28 - J281) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Harness (J31 - J311). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Harness (J33 - J331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Harness (J34 - J341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Harness (J34 - P341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Harness (J35 - J351) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Harness (J4 - Operator Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 506


Harness (J42 - J421) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Harness (J43 - J432, J433) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Harness (J45 - J451) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Harness (J51 - J511). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Harness (J66 - J661, J662) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
IBM AFP/IPDS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Left Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
LVPS 120V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
LVPS 230V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Main Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Main Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
MCU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Memory DIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Offset Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Offset Direction Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Offset Exit Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Offset Full Stack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Offset Paper Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Option Feed Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Option Feed PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Option Pick Roll Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Option Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Option Paper Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Option Paper Size PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Option Paper Size Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 507


Option Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Option Pick Roll Asm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Option Right Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Option Top Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Paper Handling Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Paper Low Photo Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Paper Size PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Paper Size Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Pick Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Pick Roll Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Rear Cover Asm (Without Face-Up Bin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Rear Cover Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Registration Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Registration Actuator Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Registration Clutch - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Right Registration Roll Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
ROS Asm (Laser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Token Ring NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Toner Cartridge Key Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Toner Cartridge Top Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Toner Sensor Asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Tray Lift Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Tray Retard Clutch - Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Tray Retard Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 508


Twinax NIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 509


Using the Parts Catalog
A table describing the individual assembly parts follows each assembly illustration. A description of the table
entries follows:
Asm.–
Part Number Description
Index
1– 63H0000 Cover asm. (Contains 100-1, -4)
–1 63H0001 Front Cover
–2 63H0002 Top Cover
–3 N/P Left Top Cover Hinge
–4 N/P Top Cover Right Hinge
–99 63H0003 Kit, top cover mounting with 3 and 4

Asm– Index
Each number in this column corresponds to a number in the assembly illustration.

Part Number
This is the IBM part number for the part listed in the Asm– Index column. ″N/P″ (not procurable) in this column
indicates the part cannot be ordered individually. Order the subassembly or assembly to which the part belongs.
Description
This is a description of the assembly or part.

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 510


Approved Cleaners and Lubricants

Table 93. Approved Cleaners and Lubricants


Cleaner or Part
Use Remarks
Lubricant Number
Cleaner Cleaning metal parts 2286522 Solvent based cleaner
Cover cleaner Cleaning plastic, rubber, and external parts 6933028 Water based, mild detergent
Grease Lubricating Gear teeth 1280441 General purpose grease, medium weight
Oil Lubricating gear shafts and bearings 1280443 General purpose oil, medium weight

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 511


Optional Features
The following table lists the part numbers that customer engineers can order to replace defective feature
electronic parts.
If a customer wants to order optional features, they should contact an IBM Authorized Dealer or IBM Sales
Representative.
Table 94. Optional Features
Feature Feature Number Part Number
Paper Drawer/550-Sheet A4/Letter 4501 38L1395
550-Sheet Tray - A4/Letter (extra) 4503 38L1396
Offset Output Bin 4620 38L1398
Envelope Feeder 4620 38L1397
Duplex Unit 4402 38L1394
IBM Infoprint Token Ring 4/16 PCI Adapter (Token-Ring NIC) 4120 02N8367
IBM Infoprint Ethernet 10/100 PCI Adapter (Ethernet NIC) 4162 02N8368
IBM AFP/IPDS Module 4820 02N6723
IBM Coax SCS Interface (Coax NIC) 4171 02N8370
IBM Twinax SCS Interface (Twinax NIC) 4141 02N8369
32MB Memory DIMM 4332 38L1405
64MB Memory DIMM 4364 38L1406
128MB Memory DIMM 4390 38L1407
Hard Drive 4328 38L1408
PC Parallel Cable (Type C) 4180 38L1409
6 foot US (Chicago) Line Cord 9250 63H5828

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 512


Table 94. Optional Features (continued)
Feature Feature Number Part Number
Resource Flash Memory Module 4032 02N6434

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 513


Printer Assemblies
Assembly 1: Covers 1

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 514


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
1-01 02N6691 Left Cover
-02 02N6692 Controller Cover
-04 02N6693 Exit Cover
-05 02N6694 Top Cover (includes 1-23)
-06 02N6695 Operator Panel (includes 1-07)
-07 02N6696 Operator Panel Harness
-08 02N6697 Right Cover
-09 02N6698 Front Cover Asm (includes 1-10 to 1-13, 1-15 to 1-17, and 1-20)
-10 Front Cover Panel
-11 Front Cover Left Latch
-12 Front Cover Lever
-13 Front Cover Right Latch
-14 02N6699 Front Cover Stop
-15 Front Cover Env Chute
-16 02N6700 Aux Tray Stop
-17 02N6701 Aux Tray
-19 02N6702 Front Left Cover
-20 Aux Tray Paper Guide
-21 Env Gear Cover
-22 Aux Tray Stop Clip
-23 Top Cover Earth Spring
-24 Front Cover Stop Spring Joint

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 515


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-25 Front Cover Stop Spring

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 516


Assembly 2: Covers 2

99 (with1~9)

98 (7(2x))

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 517


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
2-01 Rear Cover Latch Spring (same as 3-02)
-02 Rear Cover Left Latch (same as 3-03)
-03 Rear Cover Right Latch (same as 3-04)
-04 Rear Cover Latch Guide (same as 3-05)
-05 Rear Cover Plate (same as 3-06)
-06 Rear Cover Arm (same as 3-12)
-07 Fuser Stop (same as 3-17)
-08 Rear Cover Chute
-09 Rear Cover Pivot Stop (same as 3-14)
-10 02N6704 Rear Cover Stop (same as 3-16)
-11 Duplex Left Guide Rail
-12 Duplex Right Guide Rail
-13 Face-Up Cover
-98 Fuser Stop Kit (includes 2 x 2-07)
-99 02N6705 Rear Cover Asm (Without Face-Up Bin) (includes 2-01 to 2-09 and 2-13 )

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 518


Assembly 3: Covers 3

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 519


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
3-01 38L1399 Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin) (includes 3-02 to 3-15, 3-17 to 3-19)
-02 Rear Cover Latch Spring (same as 2-01)
-03 Rear Cover Left Latch (same as 2-02)
-04 Rear Cover Right Latch (same as 2-03)
-05 Rear Cover Latch Guide (same as 2-04)
-06 Rear Cover Plate (same as 2-05)
-07 Face Up Bin Extension
-08 Face Up Bin
-10 Pinch Roller Spring (same as 10-14)
-11 Pinch Roller (same as 10-12)
-12 Face Up Direction Lever (same as 2-06)
-13 02N6707 (not Face Up Chute
stocked)
-14 Rear Cover Pivot Stop (same as 2-09)
-15 Ground Spring
-16 02N6704 Rear Cover Stop (same as 2-10)
-17 Fuser Stop (same as 2-07)
-18 Rear Cover Chute Cover
-19 Face-Up Bin Static Eliminator

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 520


Assembly 4: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 1

Same as 5-01

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 521


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
4-01 38L1396 550-Sheet Tray Asm (includes 4-02 to 4-23)
-02 Tray Paper Support Plate
-05 Tray Paper Length Stop
-06 Tray Housing Extension
-07 Tray Paper Length Position
-08 Tray Paper Length Spring
-09 Tray Latch Spring
-10 Tray Paper Length Plate
-11 Tray Base Extension
-12 Tray Left Paper Width Plate
-13 Tray Right Paper Width Plate
-14 Tray Link
-15 Tray Base Plate
-16 Tray Paper Width Rack
-17 Tray Paper Width Pinion
-18 Tray Sub Asm (same as 5-01)
-19 Tray Paper Length Actuator
-20 Tray Paper Length Actuator Cover
-21 Tray Button Label
-22 Tray Indicator Label
-23 Tray Base Plate Label

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 522


Assembly 5: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 2

Same as 4-18

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 523


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
5-01 Tray Sub Asm (same as 4-18) (includes 5-02 to 5-27)
-02 Tray Retard Chute Latch Cover
-03 Tray Retard Chute Left Latch
-04 Tray Retard Chute
-05 Tray Retard Chute Right Latch
-06 Tray Retard Shaft
-07 02N6710 Tray Retard Clutch - Friction
-08 Tray Retard Roll
-09 Tray Retard Bracket
-10 02N6711 Tray Retard Spring
-11 Tray Lift Plate
-12 Tray Lift Shaft
-13 Tray Lift Shaft Support
-14 Bearing
-15 Tray Lift Shaft Ground Spring
-16 Tray Housing
-17 Tray Paper Empty Display Lever
-18 Tray Front Cover
-19 Tray Motor Spring
-20 Tray Right Motor Bracket
-21 Tray Left Motor Bracket
-22 02N6712 Tray Lift Motor

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 524


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-24 Tray Lift Motor Support
-25 02N6713 (not Tray Connector
stocked)
-26 Tray Connector Spring
-27 Tray Connector Guide

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 525


Assembly 6: Paper Feeder

98 (with2~40)

96 (with39,40)

97 (with11,12)

45

98 (with26 (3x) and 5.08)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 526


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
6-01 02N6714 Feed Roll Asm (includes 6-02)
-02 Feed Roll Clutch
-03 Feed Roll Spring
-04 02N6715 Feed Roll Chute Spring
-05 Feed Roll Chute Cover
-06 02N6716 (not No Paper Actuator
stocked)
-07 No Paper Actuator Support
-08 Feed Frame
-09 Feed Clamp
-10 Feed Latch Spring
-11 Low Paper Actuator
-12 Low Paper Actuator Support
-13 02N6717 Paper Low Photo Sensor
-14 02N6718 (not Harness (J66 - J661, J662)
stocked)
-15 Feed Position Plate
-17 Feed Chute Pinch Roll
-18 Feed Cover
-19 02N6719 Pick Roll Asm (includes 6-20 to 6-29)
-20 Pick Roll Shaft
-21 Bearing

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 527


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-22 Pick Roll Support
-23 Pick Roll Clutch
-24 Pick Roll Clutch Support
-25 Pick Roll Clutch Interlock
-26 Pick Roll
-27 Pick Gear 25T
-28 Pick Gear 31T
-29 Pick Roll Support Spring
-30 Feed Gear 4
-31 Feed Gear 2
-32 Feed Gear Cover
-33 Feed Bracket
-34 Feed Gear 3
-35 Feed Gear 1
-36 02N6720 Feed PCB
-37 02N6721 Pick Clutch - Electric
-38 Bearing
-39 Harness (J67 - J671)
-40 Pick Tray Connector
-41 Feed Chute Pinch Roll Support
-42 Feed Chute Pinch Roll Turn
-43 Feed Chute Tray Stop

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 528


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-44 Feed Bracket Clamp
-45 02N6717 Lift Control Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)
-96 02N7015 Connector And Harness Kit (includes 6-39, 6-40)
-97 02N7964 Actuator And Support Kit (includes 6-11, 6-12)
-98 02N6724 Feed Asm (includes 6-01 to 6-45)
-99 02N6725 (not Pick And Retard Roll Kit (includes 5-08, 2 x 6-26)
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 529


Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute

99 (with9,10)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 530


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
7-01 02N6726 Aux Tray Asm (includes 7-02 to 7-31)
-02 Aux Pick Roll Asm (includes 7-03 to 7-06, 7-28)
-03 Aux Pick Roll Shaft
-04 Aux Pick Roll Right Cam
-05 Aux Pick Roll Core
-06 02N6727 Aux Pick Roll
-07 Bearing
-08 Aux Tray Bottom Asm (includes 7-11, 7-12)
-11 Aux Tray Bottom
-12 02N6728 (not Aux No Paper Actuator
stocked)
-13 Aux Tray Bottom Spring
-14 Clip Bearing
-15 02N6729 (not Aux Retard Pad Asm
stocked)
-19 02N6717 (not Aux No Paper Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)
stocked)
-20 Aux Tray Ground Plate
-21 Aux Tray Frame
-23 02N6731 (not Aux Pick Up Solenoid
stocked)
-24 02N6732 (not Aux Pick Up Gear Spring
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 531


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-25 02N6733 (not Aux Pick Up Gear
stocked)
-26 Env Connector Plate
-27 02N6734 (not Env Connector - Female
stocked)
-28 Aux Pick Roll Left Cam
-29 02N6735 (not Harness (J45 - J451)
stocked)
-30 Env Connector Asm (includes 7-26, 7-27)
-99 02N6736 Aux Pick Up Pad Asm (includes 7-09, 7-10)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 532


Assembly 8: P/H Assembly

99 (with1~3,32,33)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 533


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
8-01 Toner Sensor
-02 Toner Sensor Bracket
-03 Toner Sensor Spring
-04 02N6737 Paper Handling Asm (includes 8-02, 8-05 to 8-31, 8-36 to 8-39)
-05 Metal Registration Roll
-06 Front Registration Chute
-07 02N6738 (not Rubber Registration Roll
stocked)
-08 Rear Registration Chute
-09 Upper Registration Chute Bottom Ground Spring
-10 02N6739 Registration Actuator
-11 02N6740 Registration Actuator Spring
-12 02N6717 Registration Sensor (same as 6-13)
-13 Left Metal Roll Bearing
-14 02N6742 Right Registration Roll Spring
-15 02N6743 (not Metal Registration Roll Gear
stocked)
-16 02N6744 (not Rubber Registration Roll Gear
stocked)
-17 Right Rubber Roll Bearing
-18 Left Rubber Roll Bearing
-19 02N6745 Registration Clutch - Electric
-20 Upper Registration Chute

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 534


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-21 Upper Registration Chute Right Ground Spring
-22 Upper Registration Chute Center Ground Spring
-23 Grounding Screw
-24 Upper Registration Chute Left Ground Spring
-25 Upper Registration Chute Grounding Resistor
-26 Center Registration Chute
-27 Lower Registration Chute
-28 02N6746 (not Harness (J43 - J432, J433)
stocked)
-29 Chute Torsion Spring
-30 Rear Registration Chute Handle
-31 Right Metal Roll Bearing
-32 Harness (J42 - J421)
-33 Toner Sensor Cushion
-34 02N6748 Aux Drive Gear Shaft
-35 02N6749 Aux Drive Gear
-36 02N8366 Left Registration Roll Spring
-37 Inlet Label
-38 Upper Registration Chute Clamp
-39 Rear Registration Chute Cap
-99 02N6750 Toner Sensor Asm (includes 8-01 to 8-03, 8-32, 8-33)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 535


Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser

98 (with2,7)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 536


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
9-01 BTR Asm (includes 9-02 to 9-26, 9-13)
-02 02N6751 Bias Transfer Roll
-03 02N6752 BTR Support Asm (includes 9-04 to 9-06, 9-13)
-04 BTR Support Bearing
-05 BTR Support Right Bearing Spring
-06 BTR Support Base
-07 02N6753 (not Fuser Asm 120 v (Customer Replaceable Unit)
stocked)
02N8579 (not Fuser Asm 230 v (Customer Replaceable Unit)
stocked)
-10 Dts Wire
-11 Tr Wire
-12 02N6754 (not Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271) (120 v)
stocked)
-13 BTR Support Left Bearing Spring
-14 BTR Lift
-98 Usage Kit 120V (includes 9-02, 9-07, 3 x 6-26)
Usage Kit 230V (includes 9-02, 9-07, 3 x 6-26)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 537


Assembly 10: Exit

99 (with1~17,19~24)

98 (with6 (6x))

26

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 538


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
10-01 02N6755 Exit Static Eliminator
-02 02N6756 Full Stack Actuator
-03 Offset Exit Gate
-04 Offset Exit Gate Spring
-05 Exit Gear - 17
-06 Bearing
-07 02N6758 Exit Roll 1
-08 Outside Exit Pinch Roll
-09 Inside Exit Pinch Roll
-10 Top Exit Pinch Roll Spring
-11 02N6759 Exit Roll 2
-12 Small Exit Pinch Roll (same as 3-11)
-13 Middle Exit Pinch Roll Spring
-14 Lower Exit Pinch Roll Spring (same as 3-10)
-15 Exit Chute
-16 02N6717 Full Stack Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)
-17 02N6761 (not Harness (J31 - J311)
stocked)
-18 Rear Interlock Switch Cover
-19 Exit Gear - 23
-20 Exit Gear - 33
-21 02N6762 Exit Motor

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 539


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-22 Exit Gear - 17/47
-23 Exit Gear - 32
-24 Exit Chute Ground Spring
-25 Bearing
-26 02N6758 Exit Roll 1 (same as 10-07)
-98 02N7032 Bearing Kit (includes 6 x 10-06)
-99 02N6763 Exit Asm (includes 10-01 to 10-17, 10-19 to 10-24)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 540


Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics

99 (with2,5,6)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 541


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
11-01 Toner Cartridge (customer replaceable unit - supply)
-02 Harness (J25 - J251)
-03 Toner Cartridge Top Guide Label
-04 02N6764 Toner Cartridge Top Guide
-05 Toner Cartridge Key Sensor Spring
-06 Toner Cartridge Key Sensor
-07 02N6765 (not Harness (J21 - J211, J212, J213)
stocked)
-09 02N6767 ROS Asm (Laser)
-10 Toner Cartridge Right Guide Asm (includes 11-11, 11-12)
-11 Toner Cartridge Right Guide
-12 Toner Cartridge Right Guide Clip
-13 02N6768 Gear Drive Asm
-14 02N6769 Main Motor
-15 Toner Cartridge Right Guide Arm A
-16 Toner Cartridge Right Guide Spring A
-17 Toner Cartridge Right Guide Arm B
-18 Toner Cartridge Right Guide Spring B
-99 02N6770 Toner Cartridge Key Sensor (includes 11-02, 11-05, 11-06)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 542


Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor

99 (with14~18)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 543


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
12-01 PCB Cover Plate
-02 Harness Clamp
-03 Top Harness Clamp
-04 Square Harness Clamp
-05 Controller Front Frame
-06 Controller Lower Frame
-07 02N6771 Fan Motor
-08 Fan Duct
-09 Protective Harness Clamp
-10 Ac Harness Clamp
-11 MCU PCB Back Insulator
-12 Left Handle Plate
-13 02N6772 (not Harness (J33 - J331) (same as 14-13)
stocked)
-14 Paper Size Cam (same as 14-10)
-15 Paper Size Cam Switch (same as 14-11)
-16 Paper Size Front Cover (same as 14-12)
-19 02N6773 Paper Size PCB
-20 02N6774 (not Harness (J51 - J511)
stocked)
-21 Paper Size Housing (same as 14-06)
-22 Earth Spring

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 544


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-99 02N6775 Paper Size Sensor Asm (includes 12-14 to 12-18)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 545


Assembly 13: Electrical

23

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 546


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
13-01 02N6776 (not Harness J282-J9, J288-J9
stocked)
-02 01P4807 Controller PCB
-03 Controller Back Panel
-04 02N6777 (not Harness (J35 - J351)
stocked)
-06 Power Cord
-07 02N6779 Rear Cover Interlock Switch
-08 Harness (AC - J85)
-09 02N6780 (not Harness (J34 - P341)
stocked)
-10 02N6781 (not Harness (J23 - J231)
stocked)
-11 02N6782 Interface PCB
-12 02N6783 Front Cover Interlock Switch
-13 02N6784 MCU PCB
-14 02N6785 5 V DC PCB
-15 02N6786 (not Harness (J28 - J281)
stocked)
-17 02N6787 LVPS 120V
02N7027 LVPS 230V
-18 63H2286 Main Power Switch
-19 02N6788 Harness (J26 - J261)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 547


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-20 02N6789 HVPS
-21 HVPS Housing
-23 Harness (J1-J101)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 548


Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer

99 (with8~12)

Same as 15-01

Same as 4-01

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 549


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
14-01 38L1395 Option Paper Drawer (includes 14-02 to 14-22)
-02 Option Gear Bracket
-03 02N6791 Option Top Gear
-04 Option Top Front Plate
-05 02N6792 (not Option Harness (J52 - J521)
stocked)
-06 Option Paper Size Sensor Housing (same as 12-21)
-07 02N6793 Option Paper Size PCB
-10 Option Paper Size Cam (same as 12-14)
-11 Option Paper Size Cam Switch (same as 12-15)
-12 Option Paper Size Front Cover (same as 12-16)
-13 02N6772 (not Option Harness (J53 - J531) (same as 12-13)
stocked)
-14 Option Clamp
-15 Option Frame
-16 02N6795 Option Right Cover
-17 Option Feed Asm (same as 15-01)
-18 550-Sheet Tray Asm (same as 4-01)
-19 Option Left Cover
-20 02N8375 Option Securing Screw
-21 Option Earth Spring
-22 Option Tray Stop

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 550


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-23 Option Securing Screw Kit (includes 3 x 14-20)
-99 02N7007 Option Paper Size Sensor Asm (includes 14-08 to 14-12)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 551


Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2

Same as 14-17

45

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 552


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
15-01 02N6798 Option Feed Asm (includes 15-02 to 15-44)
-02 02N6799 Option Pick Roll Asm (includes 15-03)
-03 Option Feed Roll Clutch
-04 Option Feed Roll Spring
-05 Option Chute Spring
-06 02N6716 (not Option No Paper Actuator (same as 6-06)
stocked)
-07 Option No Paper Actuator Support
-08 Option Feed Frame
-09 Option Feed Clamp
-10 Option Latch Spring
-11 Option Low Paper Actuator
-12 Option Low Paper Actuator Support
-13 02N6717 Option Lift Control Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)
-14 02N6718 (not Option Sensor Cable (same as 6-14)
stocked)
-15 Option Feed Position Plate
-17 Option Chute Pinch Roll
-18 Option Cover
-19 02N6719 Option Pick Roll Asm (includes 15-20 to 15-29)
-20 Option Pick Roll Shaft
-21 Bearing

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 553


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-22 Option Pick Roll Support
-23 Option Pick Roll Clutch
-24 Option Pick Roll Clutch Support
-25 Option Pick Roll Clutch Interlock
-26 Option Pick Roll
-27 Option Pick Gear 25T
-28 Option Pick Gear 31T
-29 Option Pick Roll Support Spring
-30 Option Gear 4
-31 Option Gear 2
-32 Option Gear Cover Support
-33 Option Gear Cover
-34 Option Gear 3
-35 Option Gear 1
-36 02N6720 Option Feed PCB (same as 6-36)
-37 02N6721 Option Pick Clutch - Electric (same as 6-37)
-38 Bearing
-39 Option Socket Cable (same as 6-39)
-40 Option Socket (same as 6-40)
-41 Option Chute Pinch Roll Support
-42 Option Chute Pinch Roll Turn
-43 Option Chute Tray Stop

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 554


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-44 Option Feed Bracket Clamp
-45 02N6717 Option Lift Control Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 555


Assembly 16: Envelope Feeder

99 with (3~8)

Same as 17-01

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 556


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
16-01 38L1397 Env Tray Asm (includes 16-02 to 16-30)
-02 02N6809 (not Env Top Cover
stocked)
-03 Env Retard Spring
-04 Env Retard Support
-05 Env Clutch - Torque 29
-06 Env Retard Shaft (includes 16-07)
-07 Env Retard Roll
-08 Bearing
-11 Env Arm Weight
-12 Env Lower Arm Weight
-13 Env Paper Width Left Guide
-14 Env Paper Width Right Guide
-16 Env Feed Asm (same as 17-01)
-17 Env Pinion Gear
-19 Env Bottom Cover
-20 Env Tray Extension
-22 Harness (J412 - J417)
-23 02N6812 (not Env Exit Photo Sensor
stocked)
-24 Env Weight Cover
-26 Env Top Cover Chute

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 557


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-27 Env Pinch Spring
-28 Env Pinch Cap
-29 Env Pinch Shaft
-30 Env Pinch Roll
-99 02N6813 (not Env Retard Roll Asm (includes 16-03 to 16-08)
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 558


Assembly 17: Envelope Feeder 2

Same as 16-16

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 559


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
17-01 Env Feed Asm (includes 17-02 to 17-34)
-02 Env Gear Cover
-03 Env Gear 29
-04 Env Drive Gear 21
-05 Env Gear 23
-06 Env Clutch - Torque 25
-07 Bearing
-08 Env Idler Gear
-09 Env Clutch - One Way 26
-10 Bearing
-11 Env Clutch - Electric
-12 Env Shaft Clutch - Electric
-13 02N8578 (not Env Clutch - One Way 26A
stocked)
-15 Env Roll Shaft (includes 17-16)
-16 Env Transfer Roll
-17 Env Bottom Roll
-18 Env Pinch Roll (same as 16-21)
-19 Env Feed Belt
-20 Env Frame
-21 02N6814 (not Env No-Paper Actuator
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 560


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-22 02N6815 (not Env No Paper Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)
stocked)
-23 Env Roll Shaft 2
-25 Env Roll Shaft 3 (includes 17-26)
-26 Env Lower Roll
-30 Env Connector - Male
-31 Harness (J411 - J418)
-32 Harness (J413 - J416)
-33 Env PCB
-34 Harness (J414 - J415)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 561


Assembly 18: Duplex 1

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 562


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
18-01 38L1394 Duplex Asm (includes 18-02 to 18-06)
-02 Duplex Upper Guide
-03 Duplex Connector Asm
-04 02N6817 (not Duplex Top Cover
stocked)
-05 Duplex Motor Cover
-06 Duplex Sub Asm (same as 19-01)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 563


Assembly 19: Duplex 2
Same as 18-06

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 564


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
19-01 Duplex Sub Asm (includes 19-02 to 19-19)
Note: This part is not stocked. In its place, order 18-01, Duplex Asm, part number 38L1394.
-02 02N6818 (not Duplex Roll
stocked)
-03 02N6819 (not Duplex Roll Retaining Clip
stocked)
-04 Duplex Gear 17/Pulley
-05 Duplex Roll Bearing
-06 Duplex Gear 18
-07 Duplex Gear 17/39
-08 02N6820 (not Duplex Motor
stocked)
-09 02N6821 (not Duplex Drive Belt
stocked)
-10 Duplex Frame
-11 Duplex Latch
-12 Duplex Latch Spring
-13 Harness (J360 - J361)
-14 02N6717 Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)
-16 02N6823 (not Duplex PCB
stocked)
-17 Duplex Bottom Cover
-18 02N6824 (not Duplex Paper Photo Sensor
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 565


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-19 Duplex Label

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 566


Assembly 20: Offset Output Bin 1

Same as 21-01

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 567


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
20-01 38L1398 Offset Asm (includes 20-02 to 20-17)
-02 02N6826 Offset Exit Asm
-03 Offset Tray Spring
-04 02N6827 (not Offset Exit Bin
stocked)
-06 02N6828 Offset Paper Weight
-07 02N6829 (not Offset Rear Cover
stocked)
-11 02N6830 (not Offset Top Cover
stocked)
-12 Offset Inner Asm (same as 21-01)
-13 Offset Top Cover Hook
-14 Offset Lower Cover
-15 Offset Rear Cover Spring Support
-16 Offset Rear Cover Left Spring
-17 Offset Rear Cover Right Spring

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 568


Assembly 21: Offset Output Bin 2

Same as 20-12

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 569


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
21-01 02N6831 (not Offset Inner Asm (includes 21-02 to 21-45)
stocked) Note: This part is not stocked. In its place, order 20-01, Offset Asm, part number 38L1398.
Note: Order
20-01, Offset
Asm, part
number
38L1398
-02 Harness (J21 - P202)
-03 Offset PCB Support
-04 02N6832 (not Offset PCB
stocked)
-05 Offset Ground Plate
-06 02N6833 (not Offset Drive Motor
stocked)
-07 Offset Exit Gear 20
-08 Bearing
-09 Offset Gear 27
-10 Offset Gear 26
-11 Offset Gear 47W
-12 Offset Exit Gear
-13 Offset Eliminator
-14 Offset Frame
-15 02N6834 (not Offset Direction Solenoid
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 570


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-16 02N6835 (not Offset Direction Solenoid Lever
stocked)
-17 Offset Direction Solenoid Pin
-18 02N6836 (not Offset Exit Photo Sensor
stocked)
-19 02N6837 Offset Full Stack Actuator

-20 02N6717 Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor (same as 6-13)


-21 Harness (J224 - J225, J226, J227, J228)
-22 Offset Mech Roll Asm (includes 21-23 to 21-26, 21-45)
-23 Offset Exit Roll
-24 Offset Exit Pinch Roll
-25 Bearing
-26 Offset Exit Guide
-27 Offset Mechanism Asm Support
-28 Offset Mechanism Shaft
-29 Offset Roll Shaft
-30 Offset Pinch Roll
-31 Offset Pinch Roll Spring
-32 02N6839 (not Offset Inner Chute Cover
stocked)
-34 02N6840 (not Offset Mechanism Asm (includes 21-35 to 21-39)
stocked)

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 571


Asm. -
Index Part Number Description
-35 Offset Mechanism Motor
-36 Offset Mechanism Motor Cover
-37 02N6717 Offset Direction Home Sensor (same as 6-13)
-38 Offset Mechanism Lever
-39 Offset Mechanism Gear
-40 Offset Ferrite Core
-41 Offset Ground Wire
-43 Offset Full Stack Sensor Bracket
-44 Offset Harness Clamp
-45 Offset Exit Guide Spring

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 572


Parts Reference
550-Sheet Tray Asm
Part Number: 38L1396
Parts Catalog: 04-01 “Assembly 4: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 1” on page 521
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “550-Sheet Tray Asm” on page 325
Diagnostics:

5 V DC PCB
Part Number: 02N6785
Parts Catalog: 13-14 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “5v DC PCB” on page 326
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics:

Actuator And Support Kit


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 6-97 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 573


Aux Drive Gear
Part Number: 02N6749
Parts Catalog: 8-35 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive Gear” on page 327
Diagnostics:

Aux Drive Gear Shaft


Part Number: 02N6748
Parts Catalog: 8-34 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Aux Drive Gear Shaft and Aux Drive Gear” on page 327
Diagnostics:

Aux Pick Roll


Part Number: 02N6727
Parts Catalog: 7-06 “Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute” on page 530
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: “Aux Pick Roll” on page 332
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 574


Aux Pick Up Pad Asm
Part Number: 02N6736
Parts Catalog: 7-99 “Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute” on page 530
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Aux Pick Up Pad Asm” on page 337
Diagnostics:

Aux Tray
Part Number: 02N6701
Parts Catalog: 1-17 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Aux Tray” on page 341
Diagnostics:

Aux Tray Asm


Part Number: 02N6726
Parts Catalog: 7-01 “Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute” on page 530
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Aux Tray Asm” on page 342
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 575


Aux Tray Stop
Part Number: 02N6700
Parts Catalog: 1-16 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Bearing Kit
Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 10-98 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Roll 1” on page 382
Diagnostics:

Bias Transfer Roll


Part Number: 02N6751
Parts Catalog: 9-02 “Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser” on page 536
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “Bias Transfer Roll” on page 346
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 576


BTR Support Asm
Part Number: 02N6752
Parts Catalog: 9-03 “Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser” on page 536
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “BTR Support Asm” on page 347
Diagnostics:

Coax NIC
Part Number: 02N8370
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Compact Flash
Part Number: 02N8761
Parts Catalog:
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 577


Controller Cover
Part Number: 02N6692
Parts Catalog: 1-02 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Controller Cover” on page 348
Diagnostics:

Controller PCB
Part Number: 01P4807
Parts Catalog: 13-02 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments: “Controller PCB” on page 349
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics:

Duplex Asm
Part Number: 38L1394
Parts Catalog: 18-01 “Assembly 18: Duplex 1” on page 562
Locations: “Optional Features” on page 312
Removals/Adjustments: “Duplex Asm” on page 350
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 578


Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor
Part Number: 02N6717
Parts Catalog: 19-14 “Assembly 19: Duplex 2” on page 564
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Duplex Face Up Photo Sensor” on page 354
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics: 1020: Sensor/Switch Text

Env Connector - Female


Part Number: 02N6734 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 7-27 “Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute” on page 530
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “ENV Connector - Female” on page 366
Diagnostics:

Env No-Paper Actuator


Part Number: 02N6814 /not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 17-21 “Assembly 17: Envelope Feeder 2” on page 559
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “ENV No Paper Actuator” on page 370
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 579


Env Tray Asm
Part Number: 38L1397
Parts Catalog: 16-01 “Assembly 16: Envelope Feeder” on page 556
Locations: “Optional Features” on page 312
Removals/Adjustments: “ENV Tray Asm” on page 376
Diagnostics:

Ethernet NIC
Part Number: 02N8368
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Exit Asm
Part Number: 02N6763
Parts Catalog: 10-99 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Asm” on page 379
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 580


Exit Cover
Part Number: 02N6693
Parts Catalog: 1-04 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Cover” on page 380
Diagnostics:

Exit Motor
Part Number: 02N6762
Parts Catalog: 10-21 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Motor” on page 381
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics: 1130: Exit Motor CW

Exit Roll 1
Part Number: 02N6758
Parts Catalog: 10-25 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Roll 1” on page 382
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 581


Exit Roll 3
Part Number: 02N6758
Parts Catalog: 10-07 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Roll 1” on page 382
Diagnostics:

Exit Roll 2
Part Number: 02N6759
Parts Catalog: 10-11 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: “Bearing and Exit Roll 2” on page 345
Diagnostics:

Exit Static Eliminator


Part Number: 02N6755
Parts Catalog: 10-01 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Exit Static Eliminator” on page 384
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 582


Fan Motor
Part Number: 02N6771
Parts Catalog: 12-07 “Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor” on page 543
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “Fan Motor” on page 386
Diagnostics: 1120: Fan Motor High

Feed Asm
Part Number: 02N6724
Parts Catalog: 6-98 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Feed Asm” on page 387
Diagnostics:

Feed Chute Pinch Roll Support


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 6-41 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 583


Feed PCB
Part Number: 02N6720
Parts Catalog: 6-36 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “Feed PCB” on page 389
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics:

Feed Roll Asm


Part Number: 02N6714
Parts Catalog: 6-01 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: “Feed Roll Asm” on page 388
Diagnostics:

Feed Roll Clutch


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 6-02 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics: 1250: Tray Feed Clutches

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 584


Font Flash
Part Number: 02N6434
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Front Cover Asm


Part Number: 02N6698
Parts Catalog: 1-09 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Front Cover Asm” on page 391
Diagnostics:

Front Cover Interlock Switch


Part Number: 02N6783
Parts Catalog: 13-12 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Front Cover Interlock Switch” on page 392
Diagnostics: 1020: Sensor/Switch Text

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 585


Front Cover Stop
Part Number: 02N6699
Parts Catalog: 1-14 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Front Left Cover


Part Number: 02N6702
Parts Catalog: 1-19 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Front Left Cover” on page 395
Diagnostics:

Full Stack Actuator


Part Number: 02N6756
Parts Catalog: 10-02 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Full Stack Actuator” on page 396
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 586


Full Stack Photo Sensor
Part Number: 02N6717
Parts Catalog: 10-16 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Full Stack Photo Sensor” on page 397
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics: 1020: Sensor/Switch Text

Fuser Asm 120 v


Part Number: 02N6753 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 09-07 “Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser” on page 536
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “Fuser Asm” on page 398
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics:

Fuser Asm 230 v


Part Number: 02N8579 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 09-07 “Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser” on page 536
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “Fuser Asm” on page 398
Theory: p. 620
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 587


Fuser Stop Kit
Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 2-98 “Assembly 2: Covers 2” on page 517
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Gear Drive Asm


Part Number: 02N6768
Parts Catalog: 11-13 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “Gear Drive Asm” on page 400
Diagnostics:

Hard Drive
Part Number: 38L1408
Parts Catalog:
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 588


Harness (AC - J285)
Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 13-08 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J1 - J101)


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 13-22 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J21 - J211, J212, J213)


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 11-07 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 589


Harness (J22 - J223)
Part Number: 02N6766 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 11-08 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J23 - J231)


Part Number: 02N6781 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 13-10 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J25 - J251)


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 11-02 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Toner Cartridge Key Sensor” on page 490
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 590


Harness (J26 - J261)
Part Number: 02N6788
Parts Catalog: 13-19 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J27, J11, J262-J271)


Part Number: 02N6754 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 9-12 “Assembly 9: Chute Transfer and Fuser” on page 536
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Harness (J27, J11, J262 - J271)” on page 401
Diagnostics:

Harness (J28 - J281)


Part Number: 02N6786 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 13-15 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 591


Harness (J282 - J9, J288 - J9)
Part Number: 02N6776 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 13-01 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J31 - J311)


Part Number: 02N6761 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 10-17 “Assembly 10: Exit” on page 538
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J33 - J331)


Part Number: 02N6772 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 12-13 “Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor” on page 543
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 592


Harness (J34 - J341)
Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 11-09 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Harness (J34-P341)” on page 403
Diagnostics:

Harness (J34 - P341)


Part Number: 02N6780 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 13-09 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Harness (J34-P341)” on page 403
Diagnostics:

Harness (J35 - J351)


Part Number: 02N6777 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 13-04 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Harness (J35 - J351)” on page 404
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 593


Harness (J4 - Operator Panel)
Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 11-07 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J42 - J421)


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 8-32 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Toner Sensor Asm” on page 492
Diagnostics:

Harness (J43 - J432, J433)


Part Number: 02N6746 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 8-28 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 594


Harness (J45 - J451)
Part Number: 02N6735 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 7-29 “Assembly 7: Aux Tray Chute” on page 530
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Harness (J51 - J511)


Part Number: 02N6774 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 12-20 “Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor” on page 543
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Harness (J51 - J511)” on page 405
Diagnostics:

Harness (J66 - J661, J662)


Part Number: 02N6718 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 6-14 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 595


HVPS
Part Number: 02N6789
Parts Catalog: 13-20 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “HVPS” on page 406
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

IBM AFP/IPDS Module


Part Number: 02N6723
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Interface PCB
Part Number: 02N6782
Parts Catalog: 13-11 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “Interface PCB” on page 407
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 596


Left Cover
Part Number: 02N6691
Parts Catalog: 1-01 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Left Cover” on page 408
Diagnostics:

Left Registration Roll Spring


Part Number: 02N8366
Parts Catalog: 8-36 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Left Registration Roll Spring” on page 410
Diagnostics:

LVPS 120V
Part Number: 02N6787
Parts Catalog: 13-22 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “LVPS” on page 412
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 597


LVPS 230V
Part Number: 02N7027
Parts Catalog: 13-17 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “LVPS” on page 412
Diagnostics:

Main Motor
Part Number: 02N6769
Parts Catalog: 11-14 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “Main Motor” on page 413
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Main Power Switch


Part Number: 63H2286
Parts Catalog: 13-18 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Main Power Switch” on page 414
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 598


MCU PCB
Part Number: 02N6784
Parts Catalog: 13-13 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “MCU PCB” on page 415
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Memory DIMM
Part Numbers: 38L1405 (32MB), 38L1406 (64MB), 38L1407 (128MB)
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

No Paper Actuator
Part Number: 02N6716 (not stocked)
Parts Catalog: 6-06 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “No Paper Actuator” on page 419
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 599


Offset Asm
Part Number: 38L1398
Parts Catalog: 20-01 “Assembly 20: Offset Output Bin 1” on page 567
Locations: “Optional Features” on page 312
Removals/Adjustments: “Offset Asm” on page 420
Diagnostics:

Offset Direction Home Sensor


Part Number: 02N6717
Parts Catalog: 21-37 “Assembly 21: Offset Output Bin 2” on page 569
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Offset Direction Home Sensor” on page 422
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Offset Exit Asm


Part Number: 02N6826
Parts Catalog: 20-02 “Assembly 20: Offset Output Bin 1” on page 567
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Offset Exit Bin Asm” on page 425
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 600


Offset Full Stack Actuator
Part Number: 02N6837
Parts Catalog: 21-19 “Assembly 21: Offset Output Bin 2” on page 569
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Offset Full Stack Actuator” on page 427
Diagnostics:

Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor


Part Number: 02N6717
Parts Catalog: 21-20 “Assembly 21: Offset Output Bin 2” on page 569
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor” on page 428
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Offset Paper Weight


Part Number: 02N6828
Parts Catalog: 20-06 “Assembly 20: Offset Output Bin 1” on page 567
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Offset Paper Weight” on page 433
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 601


Operator Panel
Part Number: 02N6695
Parts Catalog: 1-06 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Operator Panel” on page 437
Diagnostics:

Option Feed Asm


Part Number: 02N6798
Parts Catalog: 15-01 “Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2” on page 552
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Option Feed Asm” on page 439
Diagnostics:

Option Feed PCB


Part Number: 02N6720
Parts Catalog: 15-36 “Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2” on page 552
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 602


Option Pick Roll Asm
Part Number: 02N6799
Parts Catalog: 15-02 “Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2” on page 552
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Option Pick Roll Asm” on page 457
Diagnostics:

Option Left Cover


Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 14-19 “Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer” on page 549
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Option Paper Drawer


Part Number: 38L1395
Parts Catalog: 14-01 “Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer” on page 549
Locations: “Optional Features” on page 312
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 603


Option Paper Size PCB
Part Number: 02N6793
Parts Catalog: 14-07 “Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer” on page 549
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Option Paper Size PCB” on page 452
Theory: p. 621
Diagnostics:

Option Paper Size Sensor Asm


Part Number: 02N6775
Parts Catalog: 14-99 “Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer” on page 549
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Option Paper Size Sensor Asm” on page 453
Diagnostics:

Option Pick Clutch - Electric


Part Number: 02N6721
Parts Catalog: 15-37 “Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2” on page 552
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 604


Option Pick Roll Asm
Part Number: 02N6719
Parts Catalog: 15-19 “Assembly 15: Optional Tray 2” on page 552
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Option Right Cover


Part Number: 02N6795
Parts Catalog: 14-16 “Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer” on page 549
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Option Top Gear


Part Number: 02N6791
Parts Catalog: 14-03 “Assembly 14: Optional Paper Drawer” on page 549
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 605


Paper Handling Asm
Part Number: 02N6737
Parts Catalog: 8-04 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Paper Handling Asm” on page 462
Diagnostics:

Paper Low Photo Sensor


Part Number: 02N6717
Parts Catalog: 6-13 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Paper Low Photo Sensor” on page 463
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Paper Size PCB


Part Number: 02N6773
Parts Catalog: 12-19 “Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor” on page 543
Locations: “PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards)” on page 313
Removals/Adjustments: “Paper Sizing PCB” on page 466
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 606


Paper Size Sensor Asm
Part Number: 02N6775
Parts Catalog: 12-99 “Assembly 12: Frame and Size Sensor” on page 543
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Paper Size Housing Asm” on page 465
Diagnostics:

Pick Clutch - Electric


Part Number: 02N6721
Parts Catalog: 6-37 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Pick Clutch - Electric” on page 468
Diagnostics:

Pick Roll Asm


Part Number: 02N6719
Parts Catalog: 6-19 “Assembly 6: Paper Feeder” on page 526
Locations: “Rollers” on page 314
Removals/Adjustments: “Pick Roll Asm” on page 471
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 607


Rear Cover Asm (With Face-Up Bin)
Part Number: 38L1399
Parts Catalog: 3-01 “Assembly 3: Covers 3” on page 519
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Rear Cover Asm” on page 473
Diagnostics:

Rear Cover Asm (Without Face-Up Bin)


Part Number: 02N6705
Parts Catalog: 2-99 “Assembly 2: Covers 2” on page 517
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Rear Cover Asm” on page 473
Diagnostics:

Rear Cover Interlock Switch


Part Number: 02N6779
Parts Catalog: 13-07 “Assembly 13: Electrical” on page 546
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Rear Cover Interlock Switch” on page 474
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 608


Rear Cover Stop
Part Number: 02N6704
Parts Catalog: 2-10 “Assembly 2: Covers 2” on page 517, 3-16 “Assembly 3: Covers 3” on page 519
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Rear Cover Stop” on page 476
Diagnostics:

Registration Actuator
Part Number: 02N6739
Parts Catalog: 8-10 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Registration Actuator” on page 479
Diagnostics:

Registration Actuator Spring


Part Number: 02N6740
Parts Catalog: 8-11 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Registration Actuator Spring” on page 480
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 609


Registration Clutch - Electric
Part Number: 02N6745
Parts Catalog: 8-19 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Registration Clutch - Electric” on page 481
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Registration Sensor
Part Number: 02N6717
Parts Catalog: 8-12 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Registration Sensor” on page 482
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Right Cover
Part Number: 02N6697
Parts Catalog: 1-08 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Right Cover” on page 483
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 610


Right Registration Roll Spring
Part Number: 02N6742
Parts Catalog: 8-14 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Left Registration Roll Spring” on page 410
Diagnostics:

ROS Asm (Laser)


Part Number: 02N6767
Parts Catalog: 11-09 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments: “ROS Asm (Laser)” on page 485
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Token Ring NIC


Part Number: 02N8367
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 611


Toner Cartridge
Part Number: None
Parts Catalog: 11-01 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations: “Major Assemblies, Components, and Supplies” on page 311
Removals/Adjustments:
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Toner Cartridge Key Sensor


Part Number: 02N6770
Parts Catalog: 11-99 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations: “Sensors and Switches” on page 315
Removals/Adjustments: “Toner Cartridge Key Sensor” on page 490
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Toner Cartridge Top Guide


Part Number: 02N6764
Parts Catalog: 11-04 “Assembly 11: Drive and Xerographics” on page 541
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: None
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 612


Toner Sensor Asm
Part Number: 02N6750
Parts Catalog: 8-99 “Assembly 8: P/H Assembly” on page 533
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Toner Sensor Asm” on page 492
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Top Cover
Part Number: 02N6694
Parts Catalog: 1-06 “Assembly 1: Covers 1” on page 514
Locations: “Covers” on page 310
Removals/Adjustments: “Top Cover” on page 493
Diagnostics:

Tray Lift Motor


Part Number: 02N6712
Parts Catalog: 5-22 “Assembly 5: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 2” on page 523
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Tray Lift Motor Asm” on page 496
Theory: p. 622
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 613


Tray Retard Clutch - Friction
Part Number: 02N6710
Parts Catalog: 5-07 “Assembly 5: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 2” on page 523
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Tray Retard Clutch - Friction” on page 498
Diagnostics:

Tray Retard Spring


Part Number: 02N6711
Parts Catalog: 5-10 “Assembly 5: 550-Sheet Tray Asm 2” on page 523
Locations:
Removals/Adjustments: “Tray Retard Spring” on page 502
Diagnostics:

Twinax NIC
Part Number: 02N8369
Parts Catalog:
Locations: “Controller” on page 309
Removals/Adjustments:
Diagnostics:

Chapter 6. Parts Catalog 614


Chapter 7. Preventive Maintenance
Periodically Replaced Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615

Preventive maintenance for this printer is the responsibility of the customer. It requires the customer to periodically
replace supplies (parts). Although the customer may choose to have a service representative perform the
preventive maintenance (parts replacement) on a “per-call” basis, the customer is still responsible for purchasing
the supplies.

Periodically Replaced Supplies


The following table lists the supplies and expected lives of customer-replaceable parts. The customer should refer
to the User’s Guide for replacement of these parts.
Supply Name Customer Part Number Expected Life (approximate)
Toner Cartridge 38L1410 15,000 images
Usage Kit (100-140 Volt) 38L1411 200,000 images
Usage Kit (230 Volt) 38L1412 200,000 images

The initial toner cartridge can print approximately 8,000 pages of Letter-size paper, containing text or graphics that
cover 5% of the page. This yield was established with the default DENSITY setting and QUALITY set to NORMAL
(Config Menu). Toner cartridges after the first can print approximately 15,000 pages in the same conditions. The
QUALITY=ECONO setting can increase the life of the toner cartridge by up to 20% to 30%. This yield increase
was established with a toner coverage of 5% on letter-size paper, default DENSITY setting, QUALITY=ECONO
setting, and an average of 3 to 4 pages per print job. (Note that the print driver settings will override all other
settings.)
Note: The actual page yield is affected by the environment, the type of print media, the orientation of the print
media, the percentage of text and graphics, the complexity of the graphics, and other factors, so actual
results can vary.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 615


Appendix A. Installation
The Infoprint 21 is a customer install and setup product. The customer may, however, choose to have a service
representative perform the installation on a charge-per-call basis or under the terms and conditions of a special
bid.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 616


Appendix B. Drivers, Technical Support, and Warranty Information
Driver Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Warranty Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Warranty Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Dealer Warranty Claim Center (DWCC), U.S.A. only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Maintenance (Service) Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619

Driver Information
Find the latest level printer drivers at the IBM Printing Systems website at:
www.printers.ibm.com

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 617


Technical Support
IBM support for this printer is available at no charge when covered by the IBM one-year warranty, or an IBM
maintenance agreement.
If the service procedures that you choose do not solve the problem, return to “MAP 010: Start MAP” on page 44
and define the problem again or call
v 1-800-358-6661 for technical support in the U.S.A. and Canada
v Outside the U.S.A. and Canada, call your country customer service center

Warranty Information
Warranty Period
IBM warrants this printer for 1 year (12 months).

Warranty Service
On-site warranty service can be arranged through IBM. In the U.S.A. and Canada, call 1-800-358-6661.

Dealer Warranty Claim Center (DWCC), U.S.A. only


To order warranty parts or to request warranty claim reimbursements through the Dealer Warranty Claim Center,
call 1-800-388-7080.

Appendix B. Drivers, Technical Support, and Warranty Information 618


Maintenance (Service) Agreement
Contact your IBM representative or your local IBM Branch Office for information. In the U.S.A. and Canada you
can call 1-800-358-6661.

Appendix B. Drivers, Technical Support, and Warranty Information 619


Appendix C. Parts Theory
5 V DC PCB
The 5v DC PCB supplies 5v DC to the Controller PCB. This 5v is used by the controller PCI modules such
as the Hard Drive and NICs.
Bias Transfer Roll
The Bias Transfer Roll is used in the EP process to transfer toner from the drum in the Toner Cartridge on to
the paper.
Controller PCB
The Controller PCB generates the raw page image data and handles communication with the printer
controller and the NIC cards. This PCB also controls the Operator Panel.
Duplex Face-up Photo Sensor
The Duplex Face-Up Photo Sensor detects when the Face-Up Bin is open. If the face-up bin is open, duplex
capability is disabled.
Exit Motor
The Exit Motor drives the exit gears and rollers. This motor is also used during duplex printing to move the
paper into the Duplex Asm.
Feed PCB
The Feed PCB controls the pick and feed clutches and the Tray Lift Motor for the tray. The No Paper Photo
Sensor is also installed on the Feed PCB.
Feed Roll Clutch
The Feed Roll Clutch operates the feed rolls for each tray, transporting the paper to the registration roller.
Full Stack Photo Sensor
The Full Stack Photo Sensor detects when the Main Bin is full of paper. The MCU PCB posts an error code
031 after this sensor is continuously activated for 100 printed pages.
Fuser Asm
The Fuser Asm is a customer-replaceable unit that “fuses” or fixes the toner to the paper using heat and
pressure.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000 620


HVPS
The High Voltage Power Supply supplies high DC and AC voltages to the Toner Cartridge, Bias Transfer
Roll, and Fuser Asm. These voltages are needed for the EP process.
Interface PCB
The Interface PCB passes signals from the MCU PCB to the Paper Handling Asm, the Envelope Asm and
the Aux Tray.
LVPS
The Low Voltage Power Sopply supplies all signal and motor DC voltages needed by the printer and MCU
PCB. The LVPS also supplies 3.3v DC to the Controller PCB that is used for the controller logic.
Main Motor
The Main Motor drives the Gear Drive Asm and associated rollers to move paper from the pick rollers in
each tray to the Fuser Asm.
MCU PCB
The MCU PCB controls all printer functions, including all motors, clutches and sensors. This card is also
responsible for posting error codes to the Controller PCB for display on the Operator Panel.
Offset Direction Home Sensor
The Offset Direction Home Sensor detects where the Offsetting Mechanism in the Offset Asm is currently
located.
Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor
The Offset Full Stack Photo Sensor detects when the Offset Bin is full of paper. The MCU PCB posts an
error code 035 after this sensor is continuously activated for 100 printed pages.
Option Feed PCB
The Option Feed PCB controls the pick and feed clutches for the Option Drawer as well as operating the
Option Tray Lift Motor. The No Paper Photo Sensor is also included on this PCB.
Option Paper Size PCB
The Option Paper Size PCB passes signals between the Paper Size PCB, the Option Feed PCB, and the
Tray 3 Option Paper Size PCB, if installed. The Paper Size Switches that are used to detect the current
paper size in the tray are also installed on this PCB.

Appendix C. Parts Theory 621


Paper Low Photo Sensor
The Paper Low Photo Sensor detects when the tray paper supply is less than 50 standard sheets.
Paper Size PCB
The Paper Size PCB passes signals between the MCU PCB, the Feed PCB and Trays 2 and 3, if installed.
The Paper Size Switches that are used to detect the current paper size in the tray are also installed on this
PCB.
Registration Clutch - Electric
The Registration Clutch - Electric activates the registration rollers after the Registration sensor detects the
paper.
Registration Sensor
The Registration Sensor detects when the paper has successfully entered the registration rollers from the
tray.
ROS Asm (Laser)
The ROS Asm contains a laser that produces a light to expose areas on the drum inside the Toner
Cartridge. The drum then attracts toner onto the areas the laser has exposed, which is later transferred to
the paper.
Toner Cartridge
The Toner Cartridge is a customer-replaceable unit that contains the toner and drum.
Toner Cartridge Key Sensor
The Toner Cartridge Key Sensor detects if an IBM Toner Cartridge is installed. If a non-IBM Toner Cartridge
is installed, the sensor will not recognize the cartridge.
Toner Sensor Asm
The Toner Sensor is a magnetic sensor used to detect a low toner condition in the Toner Cartridge. Once a
low toner condition is detected, the Toner Cartridge should be replaced or print quality will severly degrade
(lighten).
Tray Lift Motor
The Tray Lift Motor is used to raise the tray’s paper supply until contact is made with the pick rollers.

Appendix C. Parts Theory 622


IBMR

Printed in the United States of America


on recycled paper containing 10%
recovered post-consumer fiber.

G544-5702-00

S-ar putea să vă placă și